Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
A INTRODUCTION
This manual consists of the following 11 sections:
No.
Section
Description
INDEX
Index of the contents of this manual.
INTRODUCTION
Brief explanation of each section.
B
HOW TO USE THIS
MANUAL
Instructions on how to use this manual.
C
TROUBLESHOOTING
Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.
D
ABBREVIATIONS
Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.
E
GLOSSARY OF
TERMS AND
SYMBOLS
Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.
F
RELAY LOCATIONS
Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc.
This section is closely related to the system circuit.
G
ELECTRICAL
WIRING ROUTING
Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc.
This section is closely related to the system circuit.
H
POWER SOURCE
(Current Flow Chart)
Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electrical
loads.
INDEX
Index of the system circuits.
SYSTEM CIRCUITS
Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply through
ground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown and
classified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to the
section, “How to use this manual”).
The “System Outline” and “Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are also
contained in this section.
J
GROUND POINTS
Shows ground positions of all the parts decribed in this manual.
K
OVERALL
ELECTRICAL
WIRING DIAGRAM
Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.
A
I
2
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL B
This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles by
dividing them into a circuit for each system.
The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the power
source is received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit diagrams
are shown with the switches in the OFF position.)
When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit where
the problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source supplying
power to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points (see Ground
Points section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit operation.
When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem circuit
to isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wiring Routing sections to find
each part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring harness and wiring
harness connectors, splice points, and ground points of each system circuit. Internal
wiring for each junction block is also provided for better understanding of connection
within a junction block.
Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows (from
,to ). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Electrical Wiring
Diagram at the end of this manual.
3
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the
actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
4
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
B
A
: System Title
B
: Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and only
the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from the
J/B.
Example:
C
J
: Indicates the wiring color.
Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.
Indicates Relay Block No. 1.
: Indicates the connector to be connected to a part (the
numeral indicates the pin No.)
B
= Black
L
BR
= Brown
LG = Light Green
V
G
= Green
O
= Orange
W = White
P
= Pink
Y
GR = Gray
Explanation of pin use.
= Blue
= Violet
= Yellow
The first letter indicates the basic wire color and the
second letter indicates the color of the stripe.
Example:
L-Y
(Blue)
The pins shown are only for the highest grade, or only
include those in the specification.
D
R = Red
K
(Yellow)
: Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are “E” for the
Engine Room, “I” for the Instrument Panel, and “B” for
the Body).
: Connector Color
Example:
Connectors not indicated are milky white in color.
E
: (
) is used to indicate different wiring and connector,
etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, or
specification is different.
F
: Indicates related system.
G
: Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness
connector. The wiring harness with male terminal is
shown with arrows (
).
The Location of Splice Point I 5 is indicated by the
shaded section.
Outside numerals are pin numbers.
The first letter of the code for each wiring harness and
wiring harness connector(s) indicates the component’s
location, e.g., “E” for the Engine Compartment, “I” for the
Instrument Panel and Surrounding area, and “B” for the
Body and Surrounding area.
When more than one code has the first and second
letters in common, followed by numbers (e.g., IH1, IH2),
this indicates the same type of wiring harness and
wiring harness connector.
H
: Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue). The
code is the same as the code used in parts position.
I
: Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No.
and the connector code is shown beside it). Junction
Blocks are shaded to clearly separate them from other
parts (different junction blocks are shaded differently for
further clarification).
L
: Page No.
M
: Indicates a shielded cable.
N
: Indicates a ground point.
The first letter of the code for each ground point(s)
indicates the component’s location, e.g., “E” for the
Engine Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel and
Surrounding area, and “B” for the Body and
Surrounding area.
O
: Indicates the pin number of the connector.
The numbering system is different for female and male
connectors.
Example:
Numbered in order
from upper left to
lower right
Numbered in order
from upper right to
lower left
Example:
3B indicates
that it is inside
Junction Block
No. 3.
P
: When 2 parts both use one connector in common, the
parts connector name used in the wire routing section
is shown in square brackets [
].
5
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
Q
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER W NDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER W NDOW CONTROL
RELAY AND TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE.
1.
DRIVER’S WINDOW “MANUAL UP” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION LOCATED N POWER W NDOW MASTER SW, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER W NDOW
CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 2 TO OPERATE A POWER W NDOW CONTROL RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE RELAY
FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL
3 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR TURNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND THE W NDOWS CAN STOP AT WILL
POINT.
(FOR THE “MANUAL DOWN” OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOW ARE CHANGED).
2.
DRIVER’S WINDOW “AUTO DOWN” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
ONCE THE “AUTO DOWN” BUTTON OF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED, THE CURRENT FLOW TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL
3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINALS 8 AND 9 TO OPERATE THE RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT NSIDE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL
2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER W NDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 3 TO GROUND.
THE MOTOR CONTINUES THE ROTATION ENABLING TO DESCENT THE W NDOW.
THE W NDOW DESCENDS TO THE END POSITION. THE CURRENT WILL BE CUT OFF TO RELEASE THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION BASED ON THE INCREASING CURRENT
BETWEEN TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 N RELAY.
3.
DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN RELEASE OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION N OPERAT NG AUTO DOWN. THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASS NG TERMINAL 2
FLOWS TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY AND RELEASES THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION N THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. RELEASING THE HAND FROM SW, WINDOW
STOPS AND CONT NUING ON TOUCHING SW, THE FUNCTION SWITCHES TO MANUAL UP OPERATION.
4.
PASSENGER’S WINDOW UP OPERATION (MASTER SW) AND WINDOW LOCK SW OPERATION
HOLDING PASSENGER’S WINDOW SW (MASTER SW) ON “UP”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 6 TO TERMINAL 3 OF
THE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER W NDOW SW TERMINAL
7 TERMINAL 1 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS TO ASCENT THE W NDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR
IS STOPPED AND WINDOW CAN STOP AT WILL PLACE.
SWITCHING THE W NDOW LOCK SW IN “LOCK” POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS OPENED AND STOPPED THE MOTOR ROTATION.
(FOR THE DOWN OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE D RECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).
R
SERVICE HINTS
P 2 POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY
3-GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
2-GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
5-GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE MASTER SW AT UP POSITION
8-GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE MASTER SW AT AUTO DOWN POSITION
9-GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE MASTER SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION
P 4 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
4-GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
3-GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
WINDOW LOCK SW
OPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
S
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
P2
21
P4
21
P3
21
P5
21
T
CODE
P6
SEE PAGE
21
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
1
U
16
RELAY BLOCK (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 ( NSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
3B
V
SEE PAGE
14
JUNCTION BLOCK AND W RE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
J/B NO. 3 AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT S DE)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID1
26
FRONT DOOR RH W RE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IH1
26
FRONT DOOR LH W RE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
W
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IC
X
SEE PAGE
24
GROUND POINT LOCATION
COWL LEFT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I5
SEE PAGE
24
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
COWL WIRE
6
Brought to you by BirfMark
W RE HARNESS WITH SPLICE PO NTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
B
Q : Explains the system outline.
R : Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting.
S
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit.
Example: Part “P 4” (Power Window Master SW) is on page 21 of the manual.
* The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its order
in parts starting with the letter.
Example: P 4
Part is 4th in order
Power Window Master SW
T
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in the
system circuit.
Example: Connector “1” is described on page 16 of this manual and is installed on the left side of the
instrument panel.
U : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the system
circuit.
Example: Connector “3B”connects the Cowl Wire and J/B No. 3. It is described on page 14 of this
manual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side.
V
: Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the female
wiring harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness).
Example: Connector “ID1”connects the front door RH wire (female) and cowl wire (male). It is described
on page 26 of this manual, and is installed on the right side kick panel.
W : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle.
Example: Ground point “IC” is described on page 24 of this manual and is installed on the cowl left side.
X
: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle.
Example: Splice point “I 5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 24 of this manual.
HINT:
Junction connector (code: J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6, J7, J8,
J9) in this manual include a short terminal which is
connected to a number of wire harnesses. Always
perform inspection with the short terminal installed.
(When installing the wire harnesses, the harnesses
can be connected to any position within the short
terminal grouping. Accordingly, in other vehicles, the
same position in the short terminal may be connected
to a wire harness from a different part.)
Wire harness sharing the same short terminal
grouping have the same color.
7
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
The “Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers)
transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system are
explained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully understood.
H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, Circuit
Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.
The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.
POWER SOURCE
8
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
B
The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. When
troubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify the
problem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points (
,
, and
shown below) can also be
checked this way.
J
GROUND POINT
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
Brought to you by BirfMark
9
Brought to you by BirfMark
C TROUBLESHOOTING
VOLTAGE CHECK
(a)
Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the
check point.
Example:
(b)
- Ignition SW on
- Ignition SW and SW 1 on
- Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW2 off)
Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a good
ground point or negative battery terminal, and the
positive lead to the connector or component terminal.
This check can be done with a test light instead of a
voltmeter.
CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK
(a)
(b)
Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no
voltage between the check points.
Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the
check points.
If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and check
again.
When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive side
and the positive lead to the negative side, there should be
continuity.
When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be no
continuity.
(c)
Use the volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/V
minimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.
10
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
C
FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT
(a)
Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the
fuse.
(b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse.
(c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on.
Example:
- Ignition SW on
- Ignition SW and SW 1 on
- Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the
Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2)
(d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while
watching the test light.
The short lies between the connector where the test
light stays lit and the connector where the light goes
out.
(e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shaking
the problem wire along the body.
CAUTION:
(a)
(b)
Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unless
absolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals are
touched, the IC may be destroyed by static
electricity.)
When replacing the internal mechanism (ECU part)
of the digital meter, be careful that no part of your
body or clothing comes in contact with the
terminals of leads from the IC, etc. of the
replacement part (spare part).
DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALE
CONNECTORS
To pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not the
wire harness.
HINT: Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnecting
before pulling apart.
11
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
C TROUBLESHOOTING
HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL
(with terminal retainer or secondary locking
device)
1.
PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL
HINT: To remove the terminal from the connector, please
construct and use the special tool or like object shown
on the left.
2.
DISCONNECT CONNECTOR
3.
DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE OR
TERMINAL RETAINER
(a) Locking device must be disengaged before the
terminal locking clip can be released and the terminal
removed from the connector.
(b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock the
secondary locking device or terminal retainer.
NOTICE:
Do not remove the terminal retainer from connector
body.
For Non-Waterproof Type Connector
HINT: The needle insertion position varies according
to the connector’s shape (number of terminals
etc.), so check the position before inserting it.
“Case 1”
Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporary
lock position.
“Case 2”
Open the secondary locking device.
12
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
C
For Waterproof Type Connector
HINT: Terminal retainer color is different
according to connector body.
Example:
Terminal Retainer: Connector Body
Black or White : Gray
Black or White : Dark Gray
Gray or White
: Black
“Case 1”
Type where terminal retainer is pulled up
to the temporary lock position (Pull Type).
Insert the special tool into the terminal
retainer access hole ( Mark) and pull the
terminal retainer up to the temporary lock
position.
HINT: The needle insertion position varies
according to the connector’s shape
(number of terminals, etc.), so check the
position before inserting it.
“Case 2”
Type which cannot be pulled as far as
Power Lock insert the tool straight into the
access hole of terminal retainer as shown.
13
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
C TROUBLESHOOTING
Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lock
position.
(c)
4.
Release the locking lug from terminal and pull the
terminal out from rear.
INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR
(a) Insert the terminal.
HINT:
1.
Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly.
2.
Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly.
3.
Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the
temporary lock position.
(b)
5.
Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainer
into the full lock position.
CONNECT CONNECTOR
14
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
ABBREVIATIONS D
ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in this manual.
ABS
= Anti-Lock Brake System
A/C
= Air Conditioning
A/T
= Automatic Transmission
CD
= Compact Disc
COMB. = Combination
DIFF.
= Differential
ECU
= Electronic Control Unit
EGR
= Exhaust Gas Recirculation
ESA
= Electronic Spark Advance
FL
= Fusible Link
LH
= Left-Hand
O/D
= Overdrive
R/B
= Relay Block
RH
= Right-Hand
SFI
= Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection
SRS
= Supplemental Restraint System
SW
= Switch
TEMP. = Temperature
VSV
= Vacuum Switching Valve
W/
= With
W/O
= Without
* The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and are not
treated as being abbreviations.
15
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
E GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS
BATTERY
Stores chemical energy and
converts it into electrical energy.
Provides DC current for the auto’s
various electrical circuits.
CAPACITOR (Condenser)
A small holding unit for temporary
storage of electrical voltage.
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
An electric resistance heating
element.
(for Medium Current Fuse)
(for High Current Fuse or
Fusible Link.)
16
GROUND
The point at which wiring attaches
to the Body, thereby providing a
return path for an electrical circuit;
without a ground, current cannot
flow.
HEADLIGHTS Current flow causes a headlight
filament to heat up and emit light.
1. SINGLE
FILAMENT A headlight may have either a
single (1) filament or a double (2)
filament.
2. DOUBLE
FILAMENT
CIRCUIT BREAKER
Basically a reusable fuse, a circuit
breaker will heat and open if too
much current flows through it. Some
units automatically reset when cool,
others must be manually reset.
HORN
An electric device which sounds a
loud audible signal.
DIODE
A semiconductor which allows
current flow in only one direction.
IGNITION COIL
Convert low-voltage DC current
into high-voltage ingition current
for firing the spark plugs.
DIODE, ZENER
A diode which allows current flow
in one direction but blocks reverse
flow only up to a specific voltage.
Above that potential, it passes the
excess voltage. This acts as a
simple voltage regulator.
LIGHT
Current flow through a filament
causes the filament to heat up
and emit light.
PHOTODIODE
The photodiode is a semiconductor
which controls the current flow
according to the amount of light.
LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE)
Upon current flow, these diodes
emit light without producing the
heat of a comparable light.
DISTRIBUTOR, IIA
Channels high-voltage current
from the ignition coil to the
individual spark plugs.
METER, ANALOG
Current flow activates a magnetic
coil which causes a needle to
move, thereby providing a relative
display against a background
calibration.
FUSE
A thin metal strip which burns
through when too much current
flows through it, thereby stopping
current flow and protecting a
circuit from damage.
METER, DIGITAL
Current flow activates one or
many LED’s, LCD’s, or fluorescent
displays, which provide a relative
or digital display.
FUSIBLE LINK
A heavy-gauge wire placed in
high amperage circuits which
burns through on overloads,
thereby protecting the circuit.
The numbers indicate the crosssection surface area of the wires.
FUEL
M
Brought to you by BirfMark
MOTOR
A power unit which converts
electrical energy into mechanical
energy, especially rotary motion.
Brought to you by BirfMark
E
RELAY
1. NORMALLY
CLOSED
2. NORMALLY
OPEN
Basically, an electrically
operated switch which may
be normally closed (1) or
open (2).
Current flow through a
small coil creates a
magnetic field which either
opens or closes an
attached switch.
SPEAKER
An electromechanical device
which creates sound waves from
current flow.
SWITCH, MANUAL
1. NORMALLY
OPEN
RELAY, DOUBLE THROW
A relay which passes current
through one set of contacts or the
other.
2. NORMALLY
CLOSED
Opens and
closes circuits,
thereby
stopping (1) or
allowing (2)
current flow.
RESISTOR
An electrical component with a
fixed resistance, placed in a circuit
to reduce voltage to a specific
value.
SWITCH, DOUBLE THROW
A switch which continuously
passes current through one set
of contacts or the other.
RESISTOR, TAPPED
A resistor which supplies two or
more different non adjustable
resistance values.
SWITCH,
IGNITION
A key operated switch with
several positions which allows
various circuits, particularly the
primary ignition circuit, to
become operational.
RESISTOR, VARIABLE OR
RHEOSTAT
A controllable resistor with a
variable rate of resistance.
Also called a potentiometer or
rheostat.
SENSOR (Thermistor)
A resistor which varies its
resistance with temperature.
SWITCH, WIPER PARK
Automatically returns wipers to
the stop position when the wiper
switch is turned off.
SENSOR, SPEED
Uses magnetic impulses to open
and close a switch to create a
signal for activation of other
components.
TRANSISTOR
A solid state device typically used
as an electronic relay; stops or
passes current depending on the
voltage applied at “base.”
SHORT PIN
Used to provide an unbroken
connection within a juction block.
WIRES
(1) NOT
Wires are always
CONNECTED drawn as straight lines
on wiring diagrams.
Crossed wires (1)
without a black dot at
the junction are not
joined; crossed wires
(2) with a black dot or
octagonal ( ) mark at
the juction as spliced
(2) SPLICED
(joined) connections.
SOLENOID
An electromagnetic coil which
forms a magnetic field when
current flows, to move a plunger,
etc.
17
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
F RELAY LOCATIONS
[Engine Compartment]
2
18
: R/B No. 2
Front Side of Left Fender
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
F
[Instrument Panel]
[Body]
Brought to you by BirfMark
19
Brought to you by BirfMark
F RELAY LOCATIONS
1
: R/B No. 1
Fuse Block
20
Left Kick Panel (See Page 19)
Instrument Panel Left (See Page 19)
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
MEMO
Brought to you by BirfMark
21
Brought to you by BirfMark
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
B
1 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW
C
C
C
C
1
2
3
4
D
D
1 Data Link Connector 1
2 Distributor
E
E
E
1 EGR Gas Temp. Sensor
2 Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid
3 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor
22
A/C Magnetic Clutch
A/C Dual Pressure SW
A/T Fluid Temp. Sensor
ABS Actuator
ABS Actuator
ABS Relay
ABS Relay
Auto Antenna Motor
Center Diff. Lock Control Motor
Center Diff. Lock Indicator SW
Crankshaft Position Sensor
Cruise Control Actuator
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Front Turn Signal Light LH
Front Turn Signal Light RH
Front Wiper Motor
Fuel Pump Relay
Fuel Pump Resistor
Fusible Link (AM1)
Fusible Link (AM2)
Fusible Link (Main)
G
G
1 Generator
2 Generator
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Headlight Hi LH
Headlight Hi RH
Headlight Lo LH
Headlight Lo RH
Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
Horn LH
Horn RH
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
G
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Idle Air Control Valve
Igniter
Ignition Coil
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 4
Injector No. 5
Injector No. 6
K
K
1 Knock Sensor 1
2 Knock Sensor 2
M
1 Mass Air Flow
N
N
1 Noise Filter (Ignition System)
2 Noise Filter (Oil Pressure Sender)
O
O
O
1 Oil Level Warning SW
2 Oil Pressure Sender
3 Oil Pressure Sender
P
P
P
1 Park/Neutral Position SW
2 Parking Light LH
3 Parking Light RH
S
S
1 Starter
2 Starter
T
T
T
1 Throttle Position Sensor
2 Transfer L4 Position SW
3 Transfer Neutral Position SW
V
V
V
V
1 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Combination Meter)
2 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Electronically Controlled
Transmission)
3 VSV (EGR)
4 VSV (Fuel Pressure Control)
W
W
W
W
1
2
3
4
Washer Change Valve
Washer Motor
Water Temp. Sender
Water Temp. SW (A/C)
Brought to you by BirfMark
23
Brought to you by BirfMark
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
B
B
B
B
2
3
4
5
C
C
C
C
C
C
5
6
7
8
9
10
24
A/C Amplifier
A/C System Amplifier
A/C Thermistor
ABS ECU
ABS ECU
Air Inlet Control Servo Motor
Air Mix Control Servo Motor
Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor
Airbag Sensor Assembly
Airbag Squib (Front Passenger’s Airbag Assembly)
Airbag Squip (Steering Wheel Pad)
Ashtray Illumination
Auto Antenna Control SW
Blower Motor (A/C)
Blower Motor (Heater)
Blower Resistor
Blower Speed Control Relay
Center Diff. Lock Control Relay
Cigarette Lighter
Cigarette Lighter Illumination
Circuit Opening Relay
Clock
Combination Meter
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Combination Meter
Combination Meter
Combination Meter
Combination SW
Combination SW
Cooling Fan (Radio and Player)
Cruise Control ECU
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
28
Data Link Connector 3
Diff. Lock Control SW
Diff. Lock ECU
Diode (Front Washer)
Diode (Headlight)
Diode (Interior Light)
Diode (Interior Light)
Diode (Interior Light)
Diode (Rear Washer)
Diode (Neutral Detection)
E
E
E
E
E
4
5
6
7
8
Engine Control Module
Engine Control Module
Engine Control Module
Engine Control Module
Engine Control Temp. Cut Relay
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
G
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel
F
F
F
G
G
9 Front Speaker LH
10 Front Speaker RH
11 Fuse Block
3 Glove Box Light
4 Glove Box Light SW
H
H
H
9 Hazard SW
10 Heater Control SW and A/C SW
11 Heater Control SW and A/C SW
I
I
I
10 Ignition Key Cylinder Light
11 Ignition Key Cylinder Light Relay
12 Ignition SW, Unlock Warning SW and Key Interlock
Solenoid
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Junction Connector
Junction Connector
Junction Connector
Junction Connector
Junction Connector
Junction Connector
Junction Connector
Junction Connector
Junction Connector
L
1 Light Retainer Relay
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Radio and Player
Radio and Player
Radio and Player
Rear Heater SW
Rear Window Defogger SW
Remote Control Mirror SW
Rheostat
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Seat Belt Warning Relay
Short Connector (SRS)
Short Connector (SRS)
Short Connector (SRS)
Short Connector (SRS)
Short Connector (A/C)
Short Connector (A/C)
Short Pin (Center Diff. Lock)
Stereo Component Amplifier
Stereo Component Amplifier
Stop Light SW
Brought to you by BirfMark
25
Brought to you by BirfMark
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Body
A
A
A
A
A
22
23
24
25
26
B
B
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
ABS Deceleration Sensor
ABS Speed Sensor Front LH
ABS Speed Sensor Front RH
ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH
ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH
6 Back Door Courtesy SW
7 Back Door Lock Motor
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
26
Door Courtesy Light Front LH
Door Courtesy Light Front RH
Door Courtesy Light Rear LH
Door Courtesy Light Rear RH
Door Courtesy SW Front LH
Door Courtesy SW Front RH
Door Courtesy SW Rear LH
Door Courtesy SW Rear RH
Door Key Lock and Unlock SW LH
Door Key Lock and Unlock SW RH
Door Lock Control Relay
Door Lock Control SW RH
D
D
D
D
E
24 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW
Front LH
25 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW
Front RH
26 Door Lock Motor Rear LH
27 Door Lock Motor Rear RH
9 Electronically Controlled Transmission Pattern
Select SW
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Front Diff. Lock Control Motor
Front Diff. Lock Position SW
Front Door Speaker LH
Front Door Speaker RH
Front Interior Light (w/ Moon Roof)
Front Interior Light (w/o Moon Roof)
Fuel Sender and Pump
H
12 High Mounted Stop Light
L
2 License Plate Light
M
M
M
2 Moon Roof Control Relay
3 Moon Roof Control SW and Personal Light
4 Moon Roof Limit SW and Motor
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
G
Position of Parts in Body
O
4
O/D Main SW
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
4
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Parking Brake SW
Power Window Master SW
Power Window Motor Front LH
Power Window Motor Front RH
Power Window Motor Rear LH
Power Window Motor Rear RH
Power Window SW Front RH
Power WIndow SW Rear LH
Power Window SW Rear RH
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Rear Combination Light LH
Rear Combination Light RH
Rear Diff. Lock Control Motor
Rear Diff. Lock Position SW
Rear Door Speaker LH
Rear Door Speaker RH
Rear Heater
Rear Heater Relay
Rear Interior Light
R 17 Rear Window Defogger (+)
R 18 Rear Window Defogger (-)
R 19 Rear Wiper Motor
R 20 Rear Wiper Relay
R 21 Remote Control Mirror LH
R 22 Remote Control Mirror RH
R 23 Roof Speaker LH
R 24 Roof Speaker RH
S
14
Shift Lock ECU
T
T
T
4
5
6
Trailer Socket (Tail and Stop Light)
Trailer Socket (Turn Signal Light)
Trailer Socket (Turn Signal Light)
V
V
6
7
Vanity Light LH
Vanity Light RH
W
W
5
6
Woofer (Speaker)
Woofer Amplifier
Brought to you by BirfMark
27
Brought to you by BirfMark
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Seat
B
8
P
P
P
14
15
16
P
17
P
18
28
Buckle SW LH
Power Seat Control SW (Driver’s Seat)
Power Seat Control SW (Passenger’s Seat)
Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Front Vertical
Control)
Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support
Control)
Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Rear Vertical
Control)
P
P
P
P
P
P
19 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Reclining Control)
20 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Slide Control)
21 Power Seat Motor (Passenger’s Seat Front Vertical
Control)
22 Power Seat Motor (Passenger’s Seat Rear Vertical
Control)
23 Power Seat Motor (Passenger’s Seat Reclining
Control)
24 Power Seat Motor (Passenger’s Seat Slide Control)
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
MEMO
Brought to you by BirfMark
29
Brought to you by BirfMark
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
: Location of Splice Points
30
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1
EA2
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
EA3
EA4
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)
EB1
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR THE DISTRIBUTOR)
EC1
EC2
ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)
EY1
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE AIR CLEANER)
EZ1
ENGINE WIRE AND VSV SUB WIRE (NEAR THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR)
Ea1
TRANSMISSION WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR WIRE (NEAR THE TRANSMISSION)
Brought to you by BirfMark
31
Brought to you by BirfMark
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
: Location of Splice Points
32
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID1
ID2
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK
KIC PANEL)
NEL)
ID3
IE1
ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
IG1
IG2
COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
IH1
IH2
II1
II2
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO.
NO 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK
KI
PANEL)
NEL)
Brought to you by BirfMark
33
Brought to you by BirfMark
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
34
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
BJ1
BJ2
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BK1
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BL1
ROOF WIRE AND ROOF NO. 3 WIRE (ROOF LEFT)
BM1
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE)
BN1
BN2
BO1
REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO
NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (BESIDE THE FUEL TANK)
BP1
BP2
REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO.
NO 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
BQ1
BQ2
FLOOR NO.
NO 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO.
NO 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
BR1
BR2
BS1
BS2
LUGGAGE ROOM NO.
NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO.
NO 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
BACK DOOR NO
NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO
NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)
Brought to you by BirfMark
35
Brought to you by BirfMark
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Splice Points
36
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
BT1
BT2
BACK DOOR NO
NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO
NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
BU1
REAR WINDOW NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
BV1
LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE (UNDER THE LOWER BACK PANEL)
BW1
ROOF NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
BX1
REAR WINDOW NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR RIGHT)
Bb1
COWL WIRE AND FRAME WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)
Bd1
COWL WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
Be1
SPEED SENSOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 1 WIRE (FRONT AXLE HOUSING LH)
Bf1
FRAME NO. 2 WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 3 WIRE (REAR AXLE HOUSING LH)
Bg1
FRAME NO. 2 WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 4 WIRE (REAR AXLE HOUSING RH)
Bh1
Bh2
FLOOR NO
NO. 3 WIRE AND FRAME NO
NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
Brought to you by BirfMark
37
Brought to you by BirfMark
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Splice Points
38
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
Bc1
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)
Bi1
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)
Bj1
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)
Brought to you by BirfMark
39
Brought to you by BirfMark
H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link,
Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.
The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related
system is shown.
The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not
necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION] : R/B No. 2 (See page 18)
40
: Fuse Block (F11 See page 20)
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
H
: R/B No. 1 (See page 20)
: Fusible Link (F6, F7, F8 See page 22)
Brought to you by BirfMark
41
Brought to you by BirfMark
H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION] : R/B No. 2 (See page 18)
: R/B No. 1 (See page 20)
42
: Fuse Block (F11 See page 20)
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
H
Brought to you by BirfMark
43
Brought to you by BirfMark
H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION] : R/B No. 2 (See page 18)
: R/B No. 1 (See page 20)
44
: Fuse Block (F11 See page 20)
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
H
Brought to you by BirfMark
45
Brought to you by BirfMark
H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION] : R/B No. 2 (See page 18)
: R/B No. 1 (See page 20)
46
: Fuse Block (F11 See page 20)
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
H
Brought to you by BirfMark
47
Brought to you by BirfMark
H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION] : R/B No. 2 (See page 18)
: R/B No. 1 (See page 20)
48
: Fuse Block (F11 See page 20)
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
H
Brought to you by BirfMark
49
Brought to you by BirfMark
MEMO
50
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
1
F L M A IN 2 . 0 L
F L AM 2 0 . 3P
1 A
F6 A F7 B F8 C
FUSIB LE L IN K
1 C
B
W
B−L
BA TTER Y
F L A M 1 1 . 2 5B
POWER SOURCE
2
15A EFI
4
E 6
3
W −R
W
W
E 7
2
1
H EAD
R EL AY
60A ABS
15 A HE AD (L H)
B −W
3 EA2
3 E A3
W
R− Y
1
2
2
B
B
B
W −R
I1
1
AM2
AM1
W
I1
11
2
W
B
2
2
2
4
Brought to you by BirfMark
3 0A F L P OW E R
2
L
R
2
1 0A ST O P
3
2 0A D EF OG
1 5A T A IL
3
G
W
1
15A O BD
1
Y−L
W
1
10A ECU −B
W
1
B −R
W
1
40A F L H EAT ER
2
I4
W −G
2
W
G −O
2
I4
L −O
2
1
R −B
B −R
3
B−L
7 . 5A IG N
3
L−B
3 0A D FF
B −Y
2
L −W
20A R EAR −HT R
1
G −W
7 . 5A T URN
B −Y
1
B −W
15A EC U − IG
1
Y
10 A G AU G E
1
B −Y
3
1
I4
2
52
1
I4
L
2 0A W IPER
1
B −Y
I4
GR
15A C IG
1
6
B−Y
W
2
TAIL
R ELAY
IG 2
IG 1
3
ST 1
ACC
I12
IG NITIO N SW
L− R
R− L
15 A HEA D (R H)
G 2
G EN ER ATO R
6 EA 2
4
2
R −W
2
B
3
2
2
2
L −Y
G −O
2
4
2
B
W
2
2
1
W −R
3
3
1
50A AM 1
1 0A
DO M E
B−Y
R −Y
2
1
W
2
2
1
2
2
W
W
2
2
2
W
E9
15 A
HAZ−
HO R N
2
2
W
2
1
W
2
W
F11
FUS E BL OC K
2
R− W
Brought to you by BirfMark
SERVICE HINTS
HEAD RELAY
(2) 1- (2) 2
: CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR THE DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
(WHEN THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE)
I12 IGNITION SW
4-3 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
4-2 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
11-6 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
TAIL RELAY
(1) 2- (1) 3 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
(WHEN THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
F6
A
22
F7
B
22
CODE
F8
SEE PAGE
C
F11
CODE
SEE PAGE
22
G2
22
25
I12
25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
18
R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA2
EA3
SEE PAGE
30
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E6
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I1
E7
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I4
32
COWL WIRE
E9
F6
AF 8
F7
C
B
G RA Y
F11
G 2
(S EE PA G E 2 0)
1
I1 2
1
2
1
X
Brought to you by BirfMark
BLA CK
6
3
4
11
53
Brought to you by BirfMark
STARTING AND IGNITION
W−R
11 AM2
IG 2 6
B− R
B− R
I6
A CC
B
4 AM1
IG 1
ST1 1
3 EA2
B− W
1 EA2
6 EA2
I1 2
IG N ITIO N SW
I3
IG N ITIO N CO IL
P
B −W
8
EA2
N
C
IGF
IG T
1
2
B− Y
W
IH 1
2
14
IH2
13
G1
G−
2
4
G2
3
IH 2
B
B− Y
B− R
3
NE
1
B −G
W−R
4
E19
G
EX
B−R
L
2
B
I2
IG N ITER
D 2
D IS TR IBUTO R
5
R
B− R
3
W
5
1
15
2
B− W
50 A
AM 1
6
1
B− G
P 1
PAR K/NEU TRAL
PO SITIO N SW
2
2
TO C RU ISE CO N TR O L
EC U
IH1
B −W
21
B− R
B− R
B− W
B− W
I1 3
TO ENG IN E CO N TR O L
M O DUL E
B
B− W
TO EN G IN E C O NTR OL
M OD UL E
B−L
E4
11 B
NE
6 B
G1
A ,E 6
10 B
G−
G2
B
ENG IN E C ONTR OL M O DUL E
1 A
J9
JU NCTIO N
CO NNEC TO R
A
A
F6 A F 7 B
FUSIBL E LIN K
1
1
1
A
B
2
W−B
B
N 1
N O IS E FIL TER
(IG N ITIO N
S YS TEM )
W −B
FL AM 1 1 . 25 B
B
FL AM 2 0 . 3 P
1
12 B
GT
B− R
2
23 A
GF
(SHIEL DED )
17 A
4
B ATTERY
S 1 B
S2 A
STAR TER
54
4
IH1
W−B
M
EC
Brought to you by BirfMark
EC
Brought to you by BirfMark
SERVICE HINTS
I12 IGNITION SW
4-1 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION
11-6 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
S 1 (B) , S 2 (A) STARTER
POINTS CLOSED WITH THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW AT P OR N POSITION AND THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION
P 1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW
6-5 : CLOSED WITH THE A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
D2
CODE
22
SEE PAGE
I2
23
CODE
SEE PAGE
P1
23
E4
A
24
I3
23
S1
B
23
E6
B
24
I12
25
S2
A
23
F6
A
22
J9
25
F7
B
22
N1
23
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
2
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
18
R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
EA2
IH1
1H2
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
30
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
32
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
EC
30
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
AIR INTAKE CHAMBER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E19
30
ENGINE WIRE
I6
32
COWL WIRE
D 2
E 4
BL AC K
CODE
SEE PAGE
I13
A
E 6
D ARK G R AY
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
32
B
COWL WIRE
F6
D AR K G RAY
F7
A
B
G R AY
1
1
2
3
4
X X
17
I2
D AR K G RAY
3
4
I3
1
1
2
X
23
X 1 0 11 1 2
BLA CK
2
5
1
6
I1 2
B LA CK
1
X
J9
4
6
11
A
A
A
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
(HINT : S EE PAG E 7 )
N 1
P 1
G RA Y
G R AY
S 1
B
BL ACK
S 2
A
1
1
2
X
1
5
6
Brought to you by BirfMark
55
Brought to you by BirfMark
CHARGING
W
B
FR O M P O W E R SO UR CE S Y STE M (S EE PA G E 52 )
1
2
F11
FU S E BLO C K
50 A
AM 1
2
B− L
1
7. 5 A IGN
2
2
B− L
I4
13 A
C 1 1, B C 1 3 A
W
C HA R G E W A RN ING
L IG H T
[C O M B. M ETE R ]
Y−L
B− L
7 B
4 EA 1
Y− L
5 EA 1
2
3
2
1
4
2
7 . 5A
CH A RG E
2
B− L
W
2
Y− L
B
W
2 A
1 A
3 A
1 B
L
S
B
1 A
FL A M 1 1 . 2 5B
FL M AIN 2 . 0L
1 C
B− L
Y− L
IG
F 6 A F8 C
FU SIB LE LIN K
G 1 A G2 B
G EN ER ATO R
IC RE G UL ATO R
B A TTER Y
56
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
SERVICE HINTS
(A) , G 2 (B) GENERATOR
(B) 1-GROUND : 13.9-15.1 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 25C (77F)
G1
(A) 3-GROUND
13.5-14.3 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 115C (239F)
: 0-4 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ENGINE NOT RUNNING
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C11
B
24
C13
A
24
F6
A
22
CODE
F8
SEE PAGE
C
F11
G1
CODE
22
G2
SEE PAGE
B
22
25
A
22
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
18
R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA1
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
30
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I4
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
32
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
C1 1
B
C13
BL U E
F 6
A
A
F8 C
1
X
F11
7
X
X 13
G 1
A
1
2
G RA Y
(SEE PAG E 20)
G 2
B
1
3
Brought to you by BirfMark
57
Brought to you by BirfMark
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE, ETC. AN
OUTLINE OF THE ENGINE CONTROL IS GIVEN HERE.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. AND HAS A BUILT-IN THERMISTOR WITH A
RESISTANCE WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE WATER TEMP. IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL THW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED IN THE MASS AIR FLOW AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. WHICH IS INPUT
AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE.
(3) OXYGEN DENSITY SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSION IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL FROM THE HEATED
OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 1 SENSOR 1, BANK 1 SENSOR 2) TO TERMINALS OX1, OX2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE.
TO STABILIZE DETECTION PERFORMANCE BY THE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR IS WARMED.
(4) RPM SIGNAL CIRCUIT
CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS DETECTED BY THE CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND THE PICK-UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE
THE DISTRIBUTOR. CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL NE2+ OF THE ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE, AND ENGINE SPEED IS INPUT TO TERMINAL NE.
(5) THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL WHICH IS INPUT
INTO TERMINAL VTA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. WHEN THE VALVE IS COMPLETELY CLOSED, THE ENGINE IDLING
SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL IDL.
(6) VEHICLE SPEED CIRCUIT
THE VEHICLE SPEED IS DETECTED BY VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INSTALLED IN THE TRANSMISSION, AND THE SIGNAL IS
INPUT TO TERMINAL SPD OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE VIA THE COMBINATION METER.
(7) NEUTRAL POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN “N” AND “P” OR NOT, AND THE SIGNAL IS
INPUT INTO TERMINAL STA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE.
(8) A/C SW SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS DETECTED, AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL A/C OF
THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(9) BATTERY SIGNAL CIRCUIT
VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED
ON, THE VOLTAGE FOR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE START-UP POWER SUPPLY IS APPLIED TO TERMINAL +B OF THE ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE VIA THW EFI MAIN RELAY.
THE CURRENT FLOW THROUGH THE IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL IGSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE.
(10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL CIRCUIT
INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE MASS AIR FLOW, AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL VG OF THE ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(11) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE STOP LIGHT SW IS USED TO DETECT WHETHER THE VEHICLE IS BRAKING OR NOT, AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO
TERMINAL STP OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(12) STARTER SIGNAL CIRCUIT
TO CONFIRM WHETHER THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE IS APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING IS
DETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL NSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(13) ENGINE KNOCK SIGNAL CIRCUIT
ENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY THE KNOCK SENSOR 1 AND 2, AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINALS KNK1 AND
KNK2 AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
58
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
2. CONTROL SYSTEM
* SFI SYSTEM
THE SFI SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS
FROM (1) TO (13) ETC.) TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. THE BEST FUEL INJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED BASED ON THIS
DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TO
TERMINALS #10, #20, #30, #40, #50 AND #60 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO OPERATE THE INJECTOR. (INJECT THE FUEL).
THE SFI SYSTEM PRODUCES CONTROL OF FUEL INJECTION OPERATION BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE IN RESPONSE TO
THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* ESA SYSTEM
THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (2), (4) TO (13) ETC.). THE BEST IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED ACCORDING TO
THIS DATA AND THE MEMORIZED DATA IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TO
TERMINAL IGT THIS SIGNAL, WHICH CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PROVIDE THE BEST IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING
CONDITIONS.
* HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM
THE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM TURNS THE HEATER ON WHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW
(TEMP. OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS LOW), AND WARMS UP THE OXYGEN SENSOR TO IMPROVE DETECTION PERFORMANCE OF
THE SENSOR. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (2),
(4), (9) TO (11) ETC.), AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS HT AND HT2 TO CONTROL THE HEATER.
* IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM
THE IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM (STEP MOTOR TYPE) INCREASES THE ENGINE SPEED AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY FOR
FAST IDLE-UP WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD AND SO ON.
THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (5), (8), (9), (11)
ETC.) AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL ISC1, ISC2, ISC3 AND ISC4 TO CONTROL THE IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE.
* EGR CUT CONTROL SYSTEM
THE EGR CUT CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROLS THE VSV (EGR) BY EVALUATING THE SIGNAL FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT
SIGNALS FROM (1), (5), (9)), AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL EGR OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE.
* FUEL PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM
THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OOPERATION OUTPUTS TO TERMINAL FPR AND CONTROLS THE FUEL PUMP RELAY AND THUS
CONTROLS THE FUEL PUMP DRIVE SPEED IN RESPONSE TO CONDITIONS.
* FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM
THE FUEL PRESSURE UP SYSTEM CAUSES THE VSV (FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL) TO COME ON FOR HIGH TEMP. STARTS AND
IMMEDIATELY AFTER STARTING IN ORDER TO INCREASE THE FUEL PRESSURE, IMPROVE STARTABILITY AT HIGH
TEMPERATURES AND PROVIDE STABLE IDLING. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH
SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (2), (5), (11)), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL FPU AND CONTROLS THE VSV.
3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
WITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE
MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN BE FOUND BY READING THE
CODE DISPLAYED BY THE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP.
4. FAIL -SAFE SYSTEM
WHEN THE MALFUNCTION HAS OCCURRED IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BY
CONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL-SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEM
BY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.
Brought to you by BirfMark
59
Brought to you by BirfMark
ENGINE CONTROL
B− L
AC C
B− W
4 AM 1
IG 1
B−R
ST1 1
B− R
1 1 AM 2
IG 2 6
Y−R
FR O M PO W ER SO U RCE
SYS TE M (SE E PA G E 5 2)
B− R
I6
R−Y
1
1
1
14
1 0 A G AU G E
1 0A STO P
2
3
2
Y
F1 1
FU SE
BL O C K
IH1
B− L
B−L
G −O
Y
3 EA2
I1 2
IG N ITIO N SW
7. 5 A IG N
W−R
6 EA2
B− R
B
G−O
B
B −R
B− L
R
B−R
2
B− R
E21
FR O M P OW ER
S O UR C E SYS TE M
(SEE P AG E 52)
2
1
R
50A
AM 1
E16
15 A
EF I
1
7 EA2
2
1
1
1
R− Y
2
I9
INJ ECTO R NO . 6
2
I8
INJ ECTO R NO . 5
R
1
2
I 7
INJ ECTO R NO.. 4
2
I6
IN JEC TO R N O. 3
I5
1
INJ ECTO R NO . 2
3
I4
INJ ECTO R NO . 1
W −R
W
2
2
2
2
1
2
R−Y
B− R
B− R
B− R
B− R
B− R
B− R
2
3
2
2
EFI M AIN
REL AY
4
Y−L
4
2
2
B− L
Y− R
Y− R
Y
W−G
W −R
W −L
1
Y−R
2
E20
BR
A F7 B
FL A M 2 0. 3P
Y− R
FUS IB LE L INK
1 B
F 6
1 A
FL AM 1 1 . 2 5B
1 E B1
Y−R
Y− L
Y−R
Y
W−G
BATTE RY
W−R
W−L
EB
60
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
B−L
B− L
B− W
B −W
B− R
W −B
Y− R
Y− R
R−Y
I3
IGNITIO N C OIL
G− O
2
(SHIELDED)
N 1
NO ISE FILTER
(IG NITIO N SYSTEM )
B− R
Y
1
B
A
J1
JUNCTION
CO NN ECTO R
B− R
G −O
3
4
B
2
G2
2
G−
4
3
L
L
R
W
G
6 B
G2
G−
THW
E2
4 C
9 C
BR− B
2
1
E16
BR−B
BR−B
B− L
G1
BR−B
2
1
BR−B
W−L
B− G
1
L
I19
E 3
EN GIN E COO L ANT TEM P. SENSOR
R−W
3
THG
19 A
E1
EG R GAS TEMP. SENSOR
G −Y
W −R
NE
A/C
7 D
B− W
W −G
SPD
8 D
12 B 1 1 B 1 0 B
IGT
L−W
9 D
BR
12 A
C 13
C OM BINATIO N M ETER
11 A
IH2
23 A
IGF
L4
25 A
Y
# 10
2 A
Y− R
# 20
1 A
Y− L
# 30
17 A
BATT
15 A
13
B− Y
R− Y
G −W
S TP
IH2
FROM ENGINE CO OL ANT
TEM P. CUT RELAY
Y
# 40
2 D
14 D
W
FROM TRANSFER L4
POSITIO N SW
Y−L
Y− R
Y−R
B−L
R
ENG IN E CO NTR OL M ODUL E
E 4 A E 5 C E6 B E 7 D
Y− R
4 D
# 50
G1
1
2 EA2
IG SW
# 60
NE
2
1
1 D
M R LY
2
D 2
DISTRIBUTOR
IG T
1
14
3 D
B−W
1
B−G
6 B
8
EA2
C
I2
IGNITER
IGF
B−Y
S1 3
STO P
LIG HT
SW
B− R
5
EX
R −Y
5 A
B− W
1
EA2
(SHIELDED )
C1 0
A , C1 1
B
R
Y
MAL FUNCTION INDICATO R
LAM P [COM B. M ETER]
A
B−L
B− R
I6
W −G
W −R
E1 6
BR−B
E20
BR−B
Y− R
W −L
ID
Brought to you by BirfMark
61
Brought to you by BirfMark
ENGINE CONTROL
B−L
B− L
B− W
B −W
W −B
W −B
Y− R
Y− R
J9
JUN CTION CO NNECTO R
A
A
A
A
W −B
(SHIE LDED)
A
(SHIE LDED)
(SHIELDED)
L
A
(SHIEL DED )
A
(SHIEL DED )
(SH IELD ED )
2
NE 2
NE−
NE
1
BR
L
I19
,
L
L
C 3
CR AN KSHAFT PO SIT IO N
SENSOR
3
(SH IELD ED)
K2
KNO CK SENSOR 2
L− W
W −B
E17
1
K1
KNO CK SENSOR 1
(SH IELD ED)
B
(SH IELD ED)
1
N E2+
16 A
26 A
13 A
BR
BR
EO1
2 C
BR
EO 2
16 C
G
E03
3 C
BR
VG
12 C
L− Y
E2 1
1 C
R− W
THA
10 C
R− G
O IL
11 C
G−B
VCC
NE 2−
G −W
V TA
E 4 A E5 C E 6 B E 7 D
EN GINE CO NTROL M ODULE
4 B
13 D
BR
I1 8
FPR
E1
24 A
W −R
KNK2
KNK1
IDL
5 B
14 C
BR− B
6 C
BR− B
E16
BR− B
I18
3
5
2
THA
E2 1
VG
E17
4
VC
T1
THRO TTLE
PO SITIO N
SENS OR
E1 7
E2
+B
4
1
BR− B
Y− R
Y−R
BR−B
E1 7
BR− B
EC
62
BR−B
BR−B
3
VTA
BR− B
2
IDL
BR
1
E2
M 1
M ASS AIR FL OW
BR− B
A 3
A/T FLUID TE M P.
SE N SOR
1
2
Brought to you by BirfMark
BR−B
W−R
BR−B
Brought to you by BirfMark
B−L
B− L
B− W
B −W
W −B
W −B
Y− R
E14
Y−R
Y−R
E15
W −B
Y− R
E21
Y− R
E14
Y− R
E21
Y− R
Y− R
W −B
(SH IELD ED )
BR−B
H 5
HEATE D O XYGE N SENSO R
(BANK 1 SENSO R 1)
Y− R
HT2
OX2
1
3
4
+B
E1
HT
OX
3
(SHIEL DED)
GR
1
L
BR− B
E1
W
4
2
+B
(SHIEL DED)
6
R−G
1
G−Y
3
R−B
1
I1
ID LE AIR CO NTRO L
VALVE
H 6
H EATED OXYGEN SEN SOR
( BANK 1 SENSOR 2 )
O
Y− R
Y−R
5
4
BR−B
3 EZ1
L− R
L− W
4 EZ1
2
2
Y−L
Y
2
2
B
Y
V3
VSV (EGR )
1
E15
Y−R
Y− R
1 EZ1
B
2 EZ1
V 4
VSV (FUEL PRESS URE CO NTRO L)
Y− R
(SH IELD ED )
5 A 7 A
H T2
HT1
O X1
TAC O
5 D
10 D
B
G−O
5 C
1 B
O X2
Y −L
OILW
TE1
7 C
13 C
7 B
ISC 1
ISC 2
4 A 6 A
FPU
ISC 4
E GR
ISC 3
21 A
22 A
E 4 A E5 C E 6 B E 7 D
E NG INE C ONTRO L M ODUL E
8
TE1
D 1
DATA L IN K
CO NNEC TO R 1
E1
+B
12
TO CO M BIN ATIO N M ETER
Y −R
BR− B
3
Y− R
BR− B
BR−B
W −R
W−R
BR− B
BR−B
Brought to you by BirfMark
63
Brought to you by BirfMark
ENGINE CONTROL
B−L
B− L
B− W
4
IH1
W −B
Y− R
E20
Y− R
22
IH1
Y
B −W
B− W
I13
W −B
Y
Y
I12
FROM POW ER SO URCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 52)
Y− R
W −B
1
15 A O BD
BR− B
BR− B
F11
FUSE
BLOC K
Y−L
2
D 3
DATA LINK
CO NNECTO R 3
16
W
E 4 A E5 C E 6 B E 7 D
ENG INE CO NTRO L M ODU LE
6 D
CG
4
5
W−B
(SHIELDED)
SDL
2
W−B
Y
BAT
SG
A
A
W
12 D
+B
B− W
W−B
W−B
BR−B
BR−B
Y−R
BR
SD L
8
FC
14 A
R−W
B−W
NSW
22 D
B− R
STA
11 D
IH2
17
J2
JU NCTION
CON NE CT OR
IH 1
J8
J UNCTIO N
C O NNECTO R
A
R−W
A
R− W
B− R
W −B
BR− B
W −B
BR
Y− R
W −R
W−R
BR− B
W −B
W −B
I12
EC
64
Brought to you by BirfMark
ID
IE
Brought to you by BirfMark
B −L
B− W
Y
IH 1
B−W
21
6
P
P 1
P ARK /N E U TR AL
P OSITIO N S W
N
B−R
5
B−R
TO S TA RTER
B
E19
15
IH 1
I13
B−R
TO CO M B IN ATIO N M E TER
2
1
4
3
C 8
C IR C UIT O P E NING
R ELA Y
R− G
R −W
5
3
1
W −R
13
ID 2
R −G
R− W
2
R−B
R− B
F 4
FUEL PU M P
R ELAY
2
3
R−B
B−R
3 BO 1
R−G
R−W
F5
FU EL PU M P
RE SISTO R
1
I14
M
R− B
F1 8
FU EL PU M P
[FUE L SEN D ER ]
W −B
6
W−R
W−B
5 BO 1
BF
Brought to you by BirfMark
65
Brought to you by BirfMark
ENGINE CONTROL
SERVICE HINTS
EFI MAIN RELAY
(2) 2- (2) 4:CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
E 4 (A) , E 5 (C) , E 6 (B) , E 7 (D) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(VOLTAGE AT THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE)
BATT -E1
: ALWAYS 9.0-14.0 VOLTS
IGSW, +B, MRLY-E1 : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON
VCC -E2
: 4.5-5.5 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON
IDL
-E2
: 0-3.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
: 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN
VTA -E2
: 0.3-0.8 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
: 3.2-4.9 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN
THA -E2
: 0.5-3.4 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20C (68F)
THW -E2
: 0.2-1.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. 80C (176F)
STA -E1
: 6.0 VOLTS OR MORE WITH THE CLANKING
IGT -E1
: PULSE GENERATION WITH THE ENGINE IDLING
#10, #20, #30-EO1, EO2 : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON
#40, #50, #60-EO1, EO2 : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON
IGF -E1
: 2.0 VOLTS OR LESS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON
: PULSE GENERATION WITH THE ENGINE IDLING
G1, G2-G: PULSE GENERATION WITH THE ENGINE IDLING
NE- G: PULSE GENERATION WITH THE ENGINE IDLING
KNK1, KNK2-E1 : PULSE GENERATION WITH THE ENGINE IDLING
ISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4-E1 : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON
STA -E1
: 9.0-14.0 VOLTS OR LESS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW AT “P” OR “N” POSITION
: 3.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW AT OTHER THAN “P ” OR “N” POSITION
SPD -E1
: PULSE GENERATION WITH THE IGNITION SW AND ROTATE DRIVING WHEEL SLOWLY
TE1 -E1
: 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 TE1-E1 NOT CONNECTED
: 1.5 VOLTS OR LESS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 TE1-E1 CONNECTED
W
-E1
: 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AND NO TROUBLE (MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP OFF)
A/C -E1
: 7.5-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE AIR CONDITIONING ON
: 1.5 VOLTS OR LESS WITH THE AIR CONDITIONING OFF
STP -E1
: 7.5-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE STOP LIGHT SW ON (BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED)
: 1.5 VOLTS OR LESS WITH THE STOP LIGHT SW OFF
RESISTANCE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE CONNECTORS
(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR)
IDL
-E2
: INFINITY (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)
: 2.3 KΩ OR LESS (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
VTA -E2
: 2.0-10.2 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)
: 0.2-5.7 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
VCC -E2
: 2.5-5.9 KΩ
THA -E2
: 2.0-3 .0 KΩ (INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20C (68F))
THW -E2
: 200-400 Ω (ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. 80C (176F))
G1,G2-G: 185-275 Ω (COLD (-10C (14F) TO 0C (122F))
: 240-325 Ω (HOT (50C (122F) TO 100C (212F)
NE
-G: 185-275 Ω (COLD (-10C (14F) TO 0C (122F))
: 240-325 Ω (HOT (50C (122F) TO 100C (212F)
ISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4-+B : 10-30 Ω
I 1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE
5-4, 6
: 10-30 Ω
2-1, 3
: 10-30 Ω
I 4, I 5, I 6, I 7, I 8, I 9 INJECTOR
1-2 : 12-16 Ω
H 5, H 6 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 1 SENSOR 1, BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
1-2 : 5.0-6.5 Ω
T 1 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1-4 : 2.5-5.9 KΩ
1-3 : 2.0-10.2 KΩ WITH THE THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN
: 0.2-5.7 KΩ WITH THE THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
1-2 : INFINITY WITH THE CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.75 MM (0.030 IN.)
: 2.3 KΩ LESS WITH THE CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.50 MM (0.020 IN.)
F18 FUEL PUMP [FUEL SENDER]
3-6 : 0.2-3.0 Ω
F 5 FUEL PUMP RESISTOR
1-2 : APPROX. 0.73 Ω
E 1 EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR
1-2 : 69-89 Ω (50C, 122F)
: 11-15 Ω (100C, 212F)
: 2-4 Ω (150 C, 302F)
V 4 VSV (FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL)
1-2 : 37-44 Ω (20C (68F)
66
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
SERVICE HINTS
V 3 VSV (EGR)
1-2 : 30-34 Ω (20C, 68F)
E 3 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR
10-20 KΩ (-20 C, -4F)
4-7 KΩ (0C, 32F)
2-3 KΩ (20C, 68F)
0.9-1.3 KΩ (40C, 104F)
0.4-0.7 KΩ (60C, 140F)
0.2-0.4 KΩ (80C, 176F)
1-2 :
:
:
:
:
:
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
A3
22
C3
22
F6
C8
24
F7
SEE PAGE
F5
CODE
SEE PAGE
22
I12
25
A
22
J1
25
B
22
J2
25
C10
A
24
F11
25
J8
25
C11
B
24
F18
26
J9
25
C13
24
H5
22
K1
23
D1
22
H6
22
K2
23
D2
22
I1
23
M1
23
D3
24
I2
23
N1
23
E1
22
I3
23
P1
23
E3
22
I4
23
S13
25
E4
A
24
I5
23
T1
23
E5
C
24
I6
23
V3
23
E6
B
24
I7
23
V4
23
E7
D
24
I8
23
22
I9
23
F4
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
18
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA2
30
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
EB1
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR THE DISTRIBUTOR)
EZ1
30
ENGINE WIRE AND VSV SUB WIRE (NEAR THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR)
ID2
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
32
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
34
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (BESIDE THE FUEL TANK)
IH1
IH2
BO1
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EB
30
FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
EC
30
AIR INTAKE CHAMBER
ID
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
IE
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
BF
34
UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E14
I6
E15
I12
E16
I13
E17
30
ENGINE WIRE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
32
COWL WIRE
32
ENGINE WIRE
I14
E19
I18
E20
I19
E21
Brought to you by BirfMark
67
Brought to you by BirfMark
ENGINE CONTROL
68
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
69
Brought to you by BirfMark
HEADLIGHT
W
W
1
2
3
2
2
15A
H EAD (L H )
1
H EA D
R EL AY
W
1
15A
H EAD (RH )
3
2
2
2
2
R −W
2
R− W
2
R− L
4
R−Y
R− W
E 2
1
R−W
R−W
F8
FU SIB L E LIN K
E 5
E 2
5 EA 2
I1
R− W
FL M AIN 2. 0L
1 1 E A1
E3
DIM M ER S W
TAIL
W−B
L IG H T
CO NTR OL
SW
O FF
H EAD
LO W
H IG H
W−B
E 4
FLAS H
9
12
W −B
11
R− Y
W−B
R−Y
J7
J UN C TIO N
CO N N EC TO R
W−B
E 4
A
A
W−B
R−Y
4 E A2
R−Y
R− Y
I6
W−B
W −B
I6
ID
R− W
C
C13
H I G H BE AM IN DI A TO R
L I G H T [CO M B. M E TE R]
H 2
H E ADL IG HT H I R H
1
6
5
W −B
1
2
EB
Brought to you by BirfMark
EA
R−Y
14
1
2
R−Y
13
2
R−Y
B− O
3
C14
C O M BIN ATIO N SW
1
W −B
L 1
LI G HT
R E TAIN ER
R E LA Y
2
H 4
H E ADL IG HT LO RH
H 3
H E ADL IG HT L O L H
R−L
7
H 1
H E ADL IG HT HI LH
2
B ATTE RY
70
R− W
R− W
R−L
R−L
D 7
D IO DE
(HE A DL IG H T)
R− W
1
Brought to you by BirfMark
SERVICE HINTS
HEAD RELAY
(2) 1 - (2) 2
: CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR THE DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
(WHEN THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE)
C14 LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]
13-11 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION
C14 DIMMER SW [COMB. SW]
14-9 : CLOSED WITH THE DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
12-9 : CLOSED WITH THE DIMMER SW AT HIGH OR FLASH POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C13
24
H1
22
J7
25
C14
24
H2
22
L1
25
D7
24
H3
22
F8
22
H4
22
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
2
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
18
R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
EA1
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
30
EA2
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA
30
FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER
EB
30
FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
ID
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E2
E3
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I1
E4
I6
C 13
C 14
X
5 6
H 1, H 2
2
B LAC K
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
32
COWL WIRE
BL A CK
X
D 7
1
X
2
O R AN G E
X
F 8
1
X
X
1
SEE PAGE
E5
H 3, H 4
1
2
BRO W N
J7
9
11
12 13 14
BL UE
A A A
A A
A A A A A A A
L 1
3
X
7
( H INT : SE E PA G E 7 )
Brought to you by BirfMark
71
Brought to you by BirfMark
TAILLIGHT
W
R
1
1
2
F11
FUSE B LO C K
15A TAIL
TAIL
R ELA Y
3 EA3
1
3
2
1
G
1
R
R −B
J1
JU NC TIO N
C O N NECTO R
B
B
G
W
G
B
10 EA 1
7
ID2
8
G
L1
LI G H T R E TAINE R
R EL AY
4 B Q1
G
G
2
1
BATTERY
G
G
E5
B3 2
G
F8
FU SIBL E LIN K
T4
TRAILE R SO C KE T
(TAIL AN D STO P L IG HT)
B3 2
B−L
B34
3
W−B
1
A
5
W−B
W−B
1 BV1
W−B
3
W−B
W −B
B3 1
ID
EB
EA
Brought to you by BirfMark
BG
3
5
W −B
3
2
L2
L ICEN S E P LATE
L IG HT
J7
J U NC TIO N
C O NNE C TO R
2
P 3
P A RK ING L IGH T
RH
A
P 2
P A RK ING L IGH T
LH
W−B
11
W −B
2
R 9
TA IL L IG HT RH
[R EA R COM B . LIG HT R H]
TA IL
HE AD
72
G
O FF
G
2
G
LIG H T
CO NTR O L
SW
C14
C O M BIN ATIO N SW
G
G
G
3 BV1
R 8
TA IL L IG HT LH
[R EA R COM B . LIG HT LH ]
FL M AIN 2. 0 L
1
Brought to you by BirfMark
SERVICE HINTS
TAIL RELAY
(1) 2- (1) 3
: CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
(WHEN THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C14
24
J7
25
P3
23
F8
22
L1
25
R8
27
F11
25
L2
26
R9
27
J1
25
P2
23
T4
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
1
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1
EA3
30
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
ID2
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BQ1
34
FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
BV1
36
LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE (UNDER THE LOWER BACK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA
30
FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER
EB
30
FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
ID
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
BG
34
LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E5
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
B32
B31
36
FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE
B34
C1 4
2
X
BLAC K
X
X
F 8
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
36
FLOOR NO.
NO 3 WIRE
F1 1
J1
(SEE PA G E 2 0)
1
X
SEE PAGE
B B
B B B B B
11
(H IN T : SE E P AG E 7)
J 7
A A A
BL U E
L 1
A A
A A A A A A A
L 2
2
X
2
8
G RA Y
P 2, P 3
1
X
2
R 8, R 9
T 4
BL A CK
1
3
3
(H IN T : SE E PAG E 7)
X
Brought to you by BirfMark
5
73
Brought to you by BirfMark
STOP LIGHT
FR O M PO W ER SO U RC E SYS TEM (SEE PA G E 5 2)
1
1 0 A S TO P
F11
FU S E BLO CK
G −O
2
2
S1 3
ST O P LIGH T S W
G−W
1
ID2
G −W
2
1
BR 1
G− W
G−W
3
BS 2
G−W
B18
G−W
3 BQ 1
T4
TRAILER SOCKET
(TAIL AND STOP LIGHT)
2
B18
G−W
1
G−W
2
R 9
S T O P L IG HT RH
[R E AR CO M B. L IGH T R H]
G −W
6
5
W−B
R 8
S T O P L IG HT LH
[R E AR CO M B. L IGH T L H]
W−
B30
H 12
H IG H M O U NTE D
S TO P L IG HT
1 BS2
6
5
4 BR 1
W−B
BG
74
BF
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
SERVICE HINTS
S13 STOP LIGHT SW
2-1 : CLOSED WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
F11
25
R8
27
S13
25
H12
26
R9
27
T4
27
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID2
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE HARNESS (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BQ1
34
FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
BR1
34
LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
BS2
34
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BF
34
UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
BG
34
LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B18
36
FLOOR WIRE
B30
36
FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE
F1 1
H 12
CODE
B33
R 8, R 9
S13
SEE PAGE
36
BLA CK
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE
T4
BLAC K
(S EE P AG E 20 )
1
2
1
X
5
2
2
6
Brought to you by BirfMark
75
Brought to you by BirfMark
BACK-UP LIGHT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 52)
10A GAUGE
1
F1 1
FUS E BL O CK
Y
3
B
J4
JU NC TIO N
C O N NEC TO R
Y
B
IH 1
Y
6
4
P 1
BA CK− U P LIG H T S W
[PA RK/NEU TRA L P OS ITIO N SW ]
R−B
8
IH 1
R−B
7
R− B
TO A/T IN DIC AT OR L IG HT
[C O M B . M E TE R]
R−B
I1 2
ID 2
R− B
19
14 B Q 1
R −B
T4
TRAILER SOCKET
(TAIL AND STOP LIGHT)
R −B
R− B
R− B
1
1
R 8
BAC K− UP L IG HT L H
[R EA R C O M B. L IG H T L H]
R 9
BAC K− UP LIG H T RH
[R EA R CO M B. L IG HT RH ]
5
W−B
5
W−B
BG
76
3
B34
R−B
B2 9
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
SERVICE HINTS
P 1 BACK-UP LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]
4-8 : CLOSED WITH THE SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
F11
25
P1
23
R9
27
J4
25
R8
27
T4
27
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID2
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH1
32
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
BQ1
34
FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
BG
SEE PAGE
34
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I12
32
COWL WIRE
B29
36
FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE
F1 1
CODE
B34
J4
P 1
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
36
FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE
R 8, R 9
G RAY
T 4
BL ACK
(SEE PA GE 20)
B B
B B B B B
X
4
8
Brought to you by BirfMark
1
X
3
5
77
Brought to you by BirfMark
ILLUMINATION
1
1
W
R
TAIL
R EL A Y
15 A TAIL
2
1
F 11
F U SE B L OC K
3
2
1
G
1
W
R −B
G
3 E A3
J1
JU N CTIO N CO NN E CTO R
B
B
8
F8
FU SIB L E L IN K
B
B
B
L1
LIG H T R E TAIN E R
R EL AY
G
F L M AIN 2 . 0 L
1
2
ID 1
G
G
G
G
15
BATTE RY
2
2 A
(* 4 )
1
(* 3 )
4
1 C
12 B
1
3
B13
W−G
TAIL
W −B
H EAD
W−G
LIG HT
CO NTRO L
SW
O FF
G
C , C1 3
2 C
O 4
A/T S H IF T L EV ER
IL L U M INA TIO N
[O /D M AI N SW ]
W −G
A
C14
C O M BIN A TIO N SW
3
C1 1
2
L
B , C 12
E
CO M B IN ATIO N M ETE R
T
R 7
R H EO S TA T
E 9
E LE CTR O N IC A L LY CO NTR O L L ED
TR ANS M ISS IO N P ATTER N SE LEC T SW
W−B
G
B− L
B13
1
A
W −G
W −G
11
W−B
J2
JU N C TIO N
C O N N EC TO R
8
ID 2
W −G
A
J 7
J U N C TIO N
C O N N EC TO R
W −B
A
A
W−B
W −B
I12
ID
78
A
A
A
W −B
A
J5
JU N C TIO N
C O N NEC TO R
Brought to you by BirfMark
W−B
A
2
I16
A
2
I10
A
W−B
Brought to you by BirfMark
A
2
A
G4
GLOVE BOX
LIGHT SW
3
B
W
6 A
2 B
G 3
GLO VE BOX LIGHT
R4
REAR HEATER SW
(* 1)
G−W
A , S12
G
G
STEREO COM PONENT AMPLIFIER
S1 1
13
RAD IO AND PLAY E R
1
H1 0
HEATER C O NTR OL SW
AND A/C SW
I16
W −B
1
C7
CIGAL ETTE LIGHT ER ILL UMINATION
G
G
IF1
W −G
G
G
G
G
G
(* 1)
G
I20
J8
JUNCTION
CONNECTO R
IF1
R 2
1
A20
ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION
W −G
A 21
A UTO ANTE NNA
C ONTROL SW
3
6
G
G
G
A
(* 1)
1
2
A
A
W −B
W− B
J5
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
H9
H AZARD S W
I9
W− G
4
W −G
A
W− G
1
W− G
5 B
W− G
10 A
R5
REAR W IND OW DEFO GGER SW
W −G
G
G
(* 2)
A
W −G
W−G
B
14
W −G
(* 2)
W− G
A ,R3
RADIO AND PLAYER
R1
G
Brought to you by BirfMark
*1 : SEPARATE TYPE AMPLIFIER
*2 : BUILT−IN TYPE AMPLIFIER
*3 : A/T INDICATOR ILLUMINATION
*4 : METER ILLUMINATION
G
J4
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
A
A
I9
1
2
3
6
1
2
9
A
A
IE
79
Brought to you by BirfMark
ILLUMINATION
SERVICE HINTS
TAIL RELAY
(1) 2- (1) 3
: CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
(WHEN LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE)
R 7 RHEOSTAT
1-2 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE RHEOSTAT FULLY TURNED COUNTERWISE AND 0 VOLTS WITH IT FULLY TURNED
CLOCKWISE
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A20
24
G3
25
A21
24
G4
25
C7
24
H9
25
CODE
SEE PAGE
L1
25
O4
R1
27
A
R2
25
C11
B
24
H10
25
C12
C
24
J1
25
C13
A
24
J2
25
R4
25
C14
24
J4
25
R5
25
E9
26
J5
25
R7
F8
22
J7
25
S11
A
25
F11
25
J8
25
S12
B
25
R3
25
B
25
25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
20
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA3
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
30
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO.
NO 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
32
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
ID1
ID2
IF1
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
IE
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I9
I10
I12
80
32
COWL WIRE
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I16
32
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
I20
32
COWL WIRE
B13
36
FLOOR WIRE
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
81
Brought to you by BirfMark
INTERIOR LIGHT
FRO M PO W ER S O UR CE SY STEM (SEE PAG E 52 )
J3
JU NC TIO N C O N N CTO R
1
1 0A
DOME
3
2
L− Y
3
L− Y
B
L− Y
B
L− Y
B
L− Y
L− Y
I14
L− Y
D1 0
DIO DE (IN TER IOR L IG H T)
B
B
16
L− Y
15
R− W
2
3
L− Y
EA1
B
R− L
IE 1
R− Y
1
C 13
O P EN D O O R W A RN IN G LIG HT
[CO M B. M ETER ]
L− Y
2
L− Y
4
II2
L−Y
L−Y
(* 1)
L−Y
B11
(* 2 )
1
L −Y
(* 2)
L −Y
1
1
2 BP 2
1
IE1
4
IE1
R− L
3
IE1
W− B
R− L
R −Y
A
J 2
JUN C TIO N
CO N NE C TO R
B23
I9
R− L
1
9
II2
R− Y
6
(* 1 )
W−B
R−L
2 BL1
R −L
D19
D O O R C O UR TES Y SW R EAR RH
R−L
R −Y
(* 1 )
B−W
B8
(* 2 )
W−B
R−L
B9
R −Y
(* 1)
W−B
W−B
4
W −B
I11
R −Y
I11
R− Y
R− Y
W −B
A
ID
W−B
W−B
I12
82
2
R− L
O FF
ON
O FF
ON
V 7
VAN ITY L IG HT R H
V 6
VAN ITY L IG HT L H
1
2
DOOR
2
F1 6 (* 1 )
F1 7 (* 2 )
FR O N T IN TER IO R L IG HT
L −Y
2
DOOR
L −Y
2
R1 6
REA R IN TER IO R L IG H T
L −Y
(* 1)
L −Y
M 3
PE R SO NA L LIG H T
[M O O N R O O F C O N TR OL SW ]
1
1 BP 2
D 15
D O O R C OUR TESY
L IG H T RE A R RH
L −Y
B
B11
(* 1 )
L− Y
L −Y
1 BL1
B10
IE
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
*1 : W/ MOON ROOF
*2 : W/O MOON ROOF
L− Y
L− Y
L−Y
I14
I11
IG NITION KE Y CYLINDER
LIG HT RE LAY
L− Y
1
B
L−Y
L−Y
ID2
L−Y
4
DCTY
LP
4
R−W
1
1 BT2
8 BR1
R−Y
R−Y
B 6
BACK DO OR COURTESY S W
W−B
R− W
4 BJ2
2
B17
1
1
A
J7
JUN CTION
CO N NECTO R
R− Y
2 BT2
W−B
ID2
3
II2
I5
R−L
D 8
DIO DE
(INTERIOR LIGHT)
1
R−G 2
I9
D16
DOOR COURTESY SW
FR ONT LH
1 R−B
W−B
R− L
I5
4 BR1
3
ID2
W −B
D1 7
DOO R C OURTESY SW
FRO NT RH
1 R−G
I5
R− L
R−L
1 BS2
D9
DIODE
(INTERIO R LIG HT)
R−L
1
2
R−B
W −B
R−Y
R− B
1
R−L
A
R−L
D18
DOOR CO URTES Y SW R EA R LH
R −Y
R −W
2
W−B
1 4 BK1
2 BS2
R− W
1
R−B
2 BN2
1
2
I10
IG NITIO N KEY CYLINDER LI GHT
R− B
1
2
1 BJ2
D12
DOOR COUR TE SY LIG HT FR ONT L H
R−L
L− Y
2
1 3 BK1
D13
DOOR COUR TE SY LIG HT FR ONT R H
R−L
L− Y
D14
DOOR COUR TE SY LIG HT RE AR LH
R−L
L− Y
1 BN2
3
ID
Brought to you by BirfMark
BF
83
Brought to you by BirfMark
INTERIOR LIGHT
SERVICE HINTS
F16, F17 FRONT INTERIOR LIGHT
2-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
2-1 : CLOSED WITH THE INTERIOR LIGHT POSITION SW AT DOOR POSITION
D16, D17, D18, D19 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH
1-GROUND : CLOSED WITH EACH OF THE DOOR OPEN
B 6 BACK DOOR COURTESY SW
2-1 : CLOSED WITH THE BACK DOOR OPEN
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
B6
26
D15
26
I11
25
C13
24
D16
26
J2
25
D8
24
D17
26
J3
25
D9
24
D18
26
J7
25
D10
24
D19
26
M3
26
D12
26
F16
26
R16
27
D13
26
F17
26
V6
27
D14
26
I10
25
V7
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
18
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1
30
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
ID2
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E1
32
ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II2
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BJ2
34
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BK1
34
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BL1
34
ROOF WIRE AND ROOF NO. 3 WIRE (ROOF LEFT)
BN2
34
REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
BP2
34
REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
BR1
34
LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
BS2
34
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)
BT2
36
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
IE
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
BF
34
UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I5
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B9
I9
I11
CODE
B10
32
COWL WIRE
36
ROOF WIRE
B11
I12
B17
36
FLOOR WIRE
I14
B23
36
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
B8
84
36
ROOF WIRE
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
85
Brought to you by BirfMark
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT
FRO M P OW E R SO UR CE SY STE M (SEE P AG E 52 )
1
7 . 5 A T URN
1
1 5A
HA Z− HO RN
F11
FUS E B LO CK
2
2
2
G−W
18
IF1
H 9
HA ZAR D SW
2
G −O
E A1
G −O
IF1
G−W
8
G−O
10
C14
TU RN SIGN AL SW
[C O M B . SW ]
8
O FF
RH
HA ZA RD
TU RN
IF1
17
IF1
6
G−Y
I7
G
G−B
I1
FL ASH
RE LAY
I7
G −B
E
9
G−Y
LH
G −Y
L
G −Y
1
B
8
G −Y
G −B
1
G −B
G
I7
G−R
I7
G−B
I7
G
1
8
G−Y
I7
IF1
2
1
IF1
G−B
G−R
7
5
G−Y
16
6
G−Y
5
G−B
9
G
7
G
LH
G−B
ON
RH
3
20
ID2
21
ID2
8 EA1
1 A
T5
1 B
TRAIL ER S OC KET
(TURN SIG N AL
L IG HT)
G−B
G−Y
2
5
5
W −B
I12
2
W −B
2
R 8
RE AR TU R N SIG N AL LIG H T L H
[R EAR CO M B. L IG HT L H ]
1
A ,T6
B
F2
F RO N T TU R N
S IG N AL LIG HT R H
W −B
W−B
86
ID
EB
BG
A
2
W−B
IE
A
J7
J UNCTION
CO N NE CTO R
1
R 9
RE AR TU R N SIG N AL LIG H T RH
[R EAR CO M B. L IG HT R H]
G−B
2 B
W −B
F 1
FR O NT TUR N
S IGN AL L IG HT L H
W −B
A
1
W −B
G−Y
2 A
G−Y
G−Y
G−B
A
W −B
G−B
1 0 BQ 1
J2
JUN CTION
CO N NE CTO R
W−B
9 BQ 1
C1 1
TU RN SIG NA L
IN D ICA TO R LIG H T
[C O M B . M E TER ]
EA
Brought to you by BirfMark
W −B
7 EA1
1
Brought to you by BirfMark
SERVICE HINTS
FLASH RELAY
(1) 2-GROUND
(1) 1-GROUND
(1) 3-GROUND
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON OR THE HAZARD SW ON
: CHANGES FROM 12 TO 0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE TURN SIGNAL SW LEFT OR
RIGHT POSITION, AND WITH THE HAZARD SW ON
: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C11
24
F11
25
R8
27
C14
24
H9
25
F1
22
J2
25
T5
A
27
F2
22
J7
25
T6
B
27
R9
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
18
R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1
30
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
ID2
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F1
32
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
BQ1
34
FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA
30
FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER
EB
30
FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
ID
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
IE
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
BG
34
LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
I1
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
32
I7
C14
BL UE
1
X
8
9
5
J 2
A
2
J 7
A
A
A
A A
A
A
A
A A
A
B LU E
A
A
A A
A
R 8, R 9
6
7
8
9
B
(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )
B LA C K
2
X
5
B LA C K
1
2
A
10
(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )
T 6
T 5
1
2
5
(S E E P A G E 2 0 )
8
BLUE
A A A
A A A A
F1 1
GRAY
X
1
B LA C K
X
X
COWL WIRE
F 1, F 2
BL ACK
X
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
32
X
X
H 9
SEE PAGE
I12
COWL WIRE
C11
1
CODE
Brought to you by BirfMark
87
Brought to you by BirfMark
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF
W
I1
W
W
W
W
W
2
3
2
1
2
3
2
HE AD
RE LAY
F1 1
FUS E B LO C K
2
TA IL
R ELAY
4
3
2
1
1
R−W
R −Y
2
1
11 EA 1
R −W
W
R− B
1
B− W
B− R
W
1
R
1
1 5A ECU − IG
3 EA 3
1
10A EC U− B
FROM P OW E R SO U RC E
SYSTEM (SE E PAG E 52 )
D 7
DIO DE
(H EAD L IG HT)
E7
R−L
2
6
1
7
IG
8
HR LY
TRL Y
W
B
D C TY
C 14
C O M BINA TIO N SW
ID 2
13
TAIL
H EA D
D16
D O O R COU R TESY
S W FRO NT LH
A
J7
JU N C TIO N
C O NN E CTO R
W −B
A
ID
88
2
O FF
11
1
B A TTE RY
B−O
L IG H T
C O NTRO L SW
3
2
B− L
R−B
F8
FU SIBLE L INK
T
3
R −B
F L M A IN 2 . 0 L
1
H
L1
LIG H T R E TAIN ER
R ELA Y
W−B
5
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY THROUGH ECU-IG
FUSE.
VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY THROUGH THE TAIL RELAY (COIL SIDE), AND
TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY THROUGH THE HEAD RELAY (COIL SIDE).
1. NORMAL LIGHTING OPERATION
<TURN TAILLIGHT ON>
WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL 2 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY.
ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOW TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 2 TO TERMINAL 2
OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, CAUSING TAILLIGHTS TO TURN ON.
<TURN HEADLIGHT ON>
WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO HEAD POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY.
ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOW TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 3 TO TERMINAL
13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, CAUSING HEADLIGHTS AND TAILLIGHTS TO TURN ON. THE TAILLIGHT
CIRCUIT IS SAME AS ABOVE (SEE <TURN TAILLIGHT ON>).
2. LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATION
WITH THE LIGHTS ON AND THE IGNITION SW TURNED OFF (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY),
WHEN THE DOOR OF DRIVER’S SIDE IS OPENED (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY), THE
RELAY OPERATES, AND THE CURRENT IS CUT OFF WHICH FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL 2 AND FROM
TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL 3. AS A RESULT, ALL LIGHTS ARE TURNED OFF AUTOMATICALLY.
SERVICE HINTS
L 1 LIGHT RETAINER RELAY
1-GROUND
6-GROUND
5-GROUND
7-GROUND
8-GROUND
3-GROUND
2-GROUND
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
CONTINUITY WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
CONTINUITY WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION
CONTINUITY WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C14
24
F8
22
D7
24
F11
25
D16
26
J7
25
CODE
L1
SEE PAGE
25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
18
R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1
EA3
1D2
30
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
ID
SEE PAGE
32
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E7
SEE PAGE
30
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
CODE
I1
Brought to you by BirfMark
SEE PAGE
32
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
89
Brought to you by BirfMark
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF
90
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
Brought to you by BirfMark
91
Brought to you by BirfMark
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
FROM P OW ER SO UR CE SY S TEM (SE E P AG E 52 )
2 0 A W IPER
1
F1 1
FUSE B L O CK
L
2
L
I1 5
L
4 E A4
C1 5
FRO N T W IPER AND W ASH ER SW
[C O M B. SW ]
2
M
W IPER SW
O FF
+2
+1
+S
INT1 INT2
B1
1
W AS HER SW
W
L− B
+B
W 2
W AS HER
M O TO R
EW
INT
O FF
5 E A4
LO
L− B
ON
L− B
TO DIO DE
(RE AR W ASH ER )
L−B
I13
L
HI
1
D 6
D IOD E
(FR O NT W A SHER )
W
8 L−W
2
EW
16
+S
4
LG
+1 7
L −R
+2 1 3
L
W−B
L
L− R
I2
LG
18
L− Y
+B
2
3
6
5
+2
+1
+B
+S
M
A
J7
JUNC TIO N
CO NN EC TO R
A
1
W−B
W−B
A
A
J8
JU NC TION
C O NN EC TO R
ID
92
Brought to you by BirfMark
IE
W−B
F3
FR O N T W IPER
M O TO R
Brought to you by BirfMark
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW, TERMINAL
2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR AND TERMINAL 6 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR FROM THE WIPER FUSE.
1. LOW SPEED POSITION
WITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO LO POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
SW TO TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WIPER MOTOR TO
RUN AT LOW SPEED.
2. HIGH SPEED POSITION
WITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO HI POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
SW TO TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WIPER MOTOR TO
RUN AT HIGH SPEED.
3. INT POSITION
WITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO INT POSITION, THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT WHICH IS CONNECTED BY RELAY
FUNCTION FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW TO TERMINAL 16 → GROUND. THIS FLOW OF THE
CURRENT OPERATES THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND
WASHER SW TO TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND AND FUNCTIONS.
THE INTERMITTENT OPERATION IS CONTROLLED BY A CONDENSER’S CHARGED AND DISCHARGED FUNCTION INSTALLED IN
RELAY.
4. WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION
WITH THE WASHER SW TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR TO TERMINAL 1
→ TERMINAL 8 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WASHER MOTOR TO RUN,
AND WINDOW WASHER EMITS A WATER SPRAY. THIS CAUSES A CURRENT TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND
WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND.
WHILE THE WASHER SW IS ON, WINDOW WASHER KEEPS EMITTING SPRAYS AND FRONT WIPER KEEPS FUNCTIONING.
SERVICE HINTS
C15 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW]
16-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
18-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
7-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE WIPER AND WASHER SW AT LO POSITION
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS EVERY APPROX. 1 TO 10 SECONDS INTERMITTENTLY WITH THE WIPER SW AT INT POSITION
4-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON UNLESS THE WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION
13-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE WIPER AND WASHER SW AT HI POSITION
F 3 FRONT WIPER MOTOR
5-6 : CLOSED UNLESS THE WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C15
24
F11
25
D6
24
J7
25
F3
22
J8
25
CODE
W2
SEE PAGE
23
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA4
SEE PAGE
30
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
IE
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I2
I13
SEE PAGE
32
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
CODE
I15
Brought to you by BirfMark
SEE PAGE
32
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
93
Brought to you by BirfMark
REAR WIPER AND WASHER
FRO M PO W ER S OU R CE SYS TEM (SE E PAG E 5 2)
1
2 0A W IPER
C 15
R EAR W IP ER AN D W AS HER S W
[C O M B. SW ]
F11
FU SE BL O CK
WR
C1 R
+1 R
EW
W ASH ER2
O FF
2
L
INT
ON
10
6
1
4 BT1
LG
5 BS1
4 B S1
5 B T1
6 B T1
2
L
L− B
1
5 BR 1
L− O
L
W 1
W ASH ER C HA NG E
V AL VE
I7
2 BR 1
L
I20
1
4
6
LS
C1
W−B
I12
6 B S1
ID 1
LG
L−B
L−B
L
L
D1 1
DIO D E
(R EAR W ASH ER )
L −B
1
2 L −O
12
L −G
L− B
1 BR2
ID1
16
LG
L−B
W 2
W AS HE R
M OTO R
5 EA4
1
L−G
M
L−O
ID1
2
2
L
2
W ASH ER1
L
L
TO DIODE
(FRO N T W ASH ER)
4 EA4
L−B
I2
L−B
I2
L
L −B
L
L
R 20
R EAR W IPER R EL AY
+B
+S
LM
2
3
L −R
A
J7
J UNC TION
C O NN EC TO R
L −W
A
1
+1
4
+B
S
2 W−B
2
W −B
B T2
M
1
BS2
W−B
W−B
3
4
BR1
W−B
E
R 19
R EAR W IP ER
M OTO R
BF
94
Brought to you by BirfMark
ID
Brought to you by BirfMark
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR, TERMINAL 1 OF THE
WASHER CHANGE VALVE, TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR FROM THE
WIPER FUSE.
1. REAR WIPER NORMAL OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF
THE REAR WIPER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW →
TERMINAL 16 → GROUND. THUS, THE RELAY COIL IS ACTIVATED, AND THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO
TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE TO
OPERATE REAR WIPER.
2. REAR WIPER INTERMITTENT OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW TURNED TO INT POSITION, THE CURRENT FROM
TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 OF THE REAR WIPER AND
WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, AS A RESULT, THE RELAY OPERATES FOR APPROX. 6 - 10 SEC., AND THE CURRENT
FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER RELAY TO TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL
2 → GROUND, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE TO OPERATE THE REAR WIPER. AT THIS TIME, THE CONTACT IN THE WIPER
MOTOR CLOSES, AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 2 OF
THE REAR WIPER RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND.
THUS, THE INTERMITTENT-STOP CURRENT OPERATES, THE CONDENSER IN THE CIRCUIT CHARGES AND THE WIPER CONTINUES
TO OPERATE UNTIL REACHING THE STOP POSITION. AFTER THE WIPER STOPS, THE CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW TO THE
INTERMITTENT-STOP CIRCUIT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY, BUT THE CONDENSER DISCHARGES THE CURRENT INTO THE
INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT AND THE CIRCUIT OPERATES UNTIL THE CONDENSER DISCHARGE ENDS. AS, A RESULT, THIS DISCHARGE
INTERVAL BECOMES THE INTERMITTENT TIME.
WHEN THE CURRENT IS DISCHARGED COMPLETELY, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 →
TERMINAL10 OF THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND.
THEN, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR→
TERMINAL 2 → GROUND, ROTATING THE MOTOR. ACCORDING TO REPETITION OF THIS PROCESS, INTERMITTENT OPERATION OF
THE REAR WIPER OCCURS.
3. WASHER OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW TURNED TO ON OR INT POSITION, WHEN THE WIPER
SW IS PUSHED STRONGLY TOWARD THE ON OR INT SIDE, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR FLOWS TO
TERMINAL 1 OF THE MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 OF THE REAR WIPER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, SO THAT THE WASHER MOTOR
ROTATES AND THE WINDOW WASHER EMITS A WATER SPRAY, ONLY WHILE THE WIPER SW IS PRESSED. AT THE SAME TIME, THE
WASHER CHANGE VALVE OPERATES.
WHEN THE CURRENT FLOWS TO THE WASHER CHANGE VALVE, THE WASHER CHANGE VALVE IS ACTIVATED AND WASHER EMITS
A WATER SPRAY ON THE REAR WINDOW.
SERVICE HINTS
W 2 WASHER MOTOR
2-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
1-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE WASHER SW TURNED ON
R20 REAR WIPER RELAY
1-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
4-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE REAR WIPER SW AT INT POSITION
6-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE REAR WIPER SW AT ON POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C15
24
J7
25
W1
23
D11
24
R19
27
W2
23
F11
25
R20
27
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA4
30
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)
ID1
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
34
LUGGAGE ROOM NO.
NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO.
NO 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
34
BACK DOOR NO
NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO
NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)
36
BACK DOOR NO
NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO
NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
BR1
BR2
BS1
BS2
BT1
BT2
Brought to you by BirfMark
95
Brought to you by BirfMark
REAR WIPER AND WASHER
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
BF
34
UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
I2
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
32
I7
I12
COWL WIRE
C15
X
X
I20
D11
BLACK
1 2 X
10 X X
CODE
32
F11
GRAY
(SEE PAGE 20)
1 2
X
SEE PAGE
COWL WIRE
J7
BLUE
1 2
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
R20
W1
1
2
3
4
X
6
1
DARK GRAY
W2
BLACK
2
1
96
R19
A A A
A A
A A A A A A A
X
16 X
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
2
Brought to you by BirfMark
3 4
Brought to you by BirfMark
HORN
FR O M PO W ER S O UR C E SYS TE M (S EE PAG E 5 2)
1
15 A
H AZ−H O R N
2
G −O
2
2
2
HO R N
REL A Y
1
3
10
1
EA 1
G−R
G −R
2
G−W
G−W
2
C 14
H O RN SW
[C O M B . S W ]
1
1
H 8
HO R N RH
H 7
H O RN LH
SERVICE HINTS
HORN RELAY
(2) 2- (2) 3
: CLOSED WITH THE HORN SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C14
CODE
24
H7
SEE PAGE
22
CODE
H8
SEE PAGE
22
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
18
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA1
SEE PAGE
30
C14
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
B LAC K
H 7, H 8
B L AC K
1
X
X
X
X
10
Brought to you by BirfMark
97
Brought to you by BirfMark
MOON ROOF
FR O M PO W ER SO UR C E SYSTEM (SEE PAG E 52 )
10A G A UG E
3 0 A F L P O W ER
3
4
L
3
Y
1
F11
FUSE B LO CK
D 22
D O O R LO C K
C O NTR O L R EL AY
A
L
8
B J1
8
B J2
Y
6
B J2
G −O
11
B J1
W −B
R−L
2
R −G
1
5
B J2
R− G
3
R−B
B J1
3
II2
R−G
3
R− B
ID2
15
L
G −O
Y
14
1
1
3
4
1
2
16
M 2
M O O N R OO F
CO N TRO L REL AY
1
D1 7
DO OR C O UR TESY
SW FRO NT RH
20
L
I3
D1 6
DO OR C O UR TESY
SW FRO NT LH
A
J1
JUN CTIO N
CO N N ECTOR
1
PO W ER
RE LAY
1
L−B
1
IE1
TIM ER
L−B
5
IG
W−B
6
98
G− Y
6
UP
4
B 9
W −B
B 8
W−B
ID
Brought to you by BirfMark
W−B
C LO S E
3
W −B
W −B
IE
6
IE 1
2
2
W−B
I12
5
M
M 4
5
M OO N R OO F
LIM IT S W
AN D M O TO R
C LO S E
2
O P EN
3
O PE N
1
P
6
DOWN
7
R− W
R
4
UP
3
D OW N
G
1
G ND
11
R−Y
R− L
4
NO . 2
5
W−B
W−B
W−B
W−B
A
+
9
G− W
A
−
8
NO . 1
A
J2
JUN CTIO N
CO N N ECTOR
LS. 2
S
W −B
LS . 1
U P/
C L OS E
DO W N /
O P EN
Q
R
M 3
M O O N R O O F C O N TRO L
S W [P ER SON A L LIG H T]
Brought to you by BirfMark
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH FL POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER RELAY.
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER RELAY TO TERMINAL 1 →
GROUND THROUGH GAUGE FUSE. AS A RESULT, THE POWER RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE
POWER RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.
1. SLIDE OPEN OPERATION
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO THE OPEN POSITION, A SIGNAL IS
INPUT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. THE MOON
ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 2 IS TURNED ON AT THIS TIME.
WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FLOWS
FROM TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL
RELAY → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, ROTATING THE MOTOR TO OPEN THE MOON ROOF WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED TO
OPEN POSITION.
2. SLIDE OPEN OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOON ROOF COMPLETELY OPEN AND THE MOON ROOF LIMIT SWITCH NO. 1 AND
NO. 2 BOTH ARE ON, WHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO THE CLOSE POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM
TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.
WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FLOWS
FROM TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL
RELAY → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, ROTATING THE MOTOR TO CLOSE THE MOON ROOF WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED TO
CLOSE POSITION.
WHEN THE MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 1 IS TURNED OFF (THE MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 2 IS ON) AND MOON ROOF REACHES 100
MM FROM FULLY CLOSE POSITION, SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE LIMIT SW NO. 1 TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE MOON
ROOF CONTROL RELAY. THIS SIGNAL ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND STOPS CONTINUITY FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF
CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 11, AS A RESULT, THE MOON ROOF STOPS AT THIS POSITION.
TO CLOSE THE MOON ROOF COMPLETELY, PUSHING THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AGAIN TO THE CLOSE SIDE CAUSES A
SIGNAL TO BE INPUT AGAIN TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE MOON
ROOF WILL CLOSE AS LONG AS THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS BEING PUSHED, ALLOWING THE MOON ROOF TO FULLY
CLOSE.
3. TILT UP OPERATION
WHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO TILT UP POSITION, WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOON
ROOF COMPLETELY CLOSED (MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 2 IS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE MOON ROOF
CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT
TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE MOON ROOF MOTOR →
TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, ROTATING THE MOTOR SO THAT TILT UP OPERATION
OCCURS AS LONG AS MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED ON THE TILT UP SIDE.
4. TILT DOWN OPERATION
WHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO TILT DOWN POSITION, WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOON
ROOF TILTED UP (MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 1 AND NO. 2 ARE BOTH OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOON
ROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.
AS A RESULT, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE
RELAY → TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND,
ROTATING THE MOTOR SO THAT TILT DOWN OPERATION OCCURS AS LONG AS THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED ON
THE TILT DOWN SIDE. (DURING TILT DOWN, THE LIMIT SW NO. 1 CHANGES FROM OFF TO ON.)
5. TILT UP REMINDER SYSTEM
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON TO ACC OR OFF, WITH THE MOON ROOF STILL TILTED UP, THE CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW
TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.
THIS IS RECEIVED BY THE RELAY AS A SIGNAL THAT THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF. AT THIS TIME, THE MOON ROOF LIMIT SW
NO. 1 AND NO. 2 ARE OFF, SO SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 AND 9 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY THAT THE MOON
ROOF IS IN THE TILT OPERATION POSITION. WHEN THESE SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY, THE TIMER
BUILT INTO THE RELAY OPERATES.
6. KEY OFF MOON ROOF OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT FLOWS
FROM FL POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 15 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER
RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, AT THIS TIME, FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENT
FLOWS FROM POWER FUSE → TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL
RELAY. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, THE FUNCTION OF THIS RELAY MAKES IT
POSSIBLE TO OPEN AND CLOSE THE MOON ROOF. ALSO, BY OPENING THE FRONT DOOR (THE DOOR COURTESY SW ON) WITHIN
ABOUT 60 SECONDS.
AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TO OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OR 14 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY. AS A
RESULT, THE RELAY TURNS OFF, AND OPEN AND CLOSE MOVEMENT OF THE MOON ROOF STOPS.
Brought to you by BirfMark
99
Brought to you by BirfMark
MOON ROOF
SERVICE HINTS
POWER RELAY
(1) 4- (1) 2 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION OR KEY OFF OPERATED
M 2 MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY
11-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
6-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION OR KEY OFF OPERATED
4-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT
CLOSE OR UP POSITION (EXCEPT APPROX. 100 MM (3.941 IN.) 2 SECOND IN THE BEFORE CLOSED POSITION)
5-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT OPEN OR DOWN POSITION
9-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS → 0 VOLTS WITH FROM OPEN TO CLOSE
0 VOLTS WITH UP OR DOWN POSITION
0 VOLTS → APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH APPROX. 100 MM (3.941 IN.) 2 SECOND IN THE BEFORE CLOSED POSITION
8-GROUND : 0 VOLTS → APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH FROM UP TO DOWN
M 3 MOON ROOF CONTROL SW
5-4 : CLOSED WITH THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT UP POSITION
6-4 : CLOSED WITH THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT CLOSE POSITION
2-4 : CLOSED WITH THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT DOWN POSITION
3-4 : CLOSED WITH THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT OPEN POSITION
4-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
D16
26
F11
25
M2
26
D17
26
J1
25
M3
26
D22
26
J2
25
M4
26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
20
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID2
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E1
32
ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II2
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
34
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT
(LE KICK PANEL)
NEL)
BJ1
BJ2
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
IE
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I3
32
COWL WIRE
B8
I12
32
COWL WIRE
B9
100
SEE PAGE
36
Brought to you by BirfMark
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ROOF WIRE
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
101
Brought to you by BirfMark
CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK
FR O M PO W ER SO U RC E SYS TEM (S EE PA G E 52 )
1 5 A CIG
F1 1
FU SE BL O C K
1
1
10 A
DO M E
1 5 A T AIL
1
2
G
A
A
A
J4
JUN CTIO N
CO N NE CTO R
GR
A
J3
JUN CTIO N
CO NN EC TO R
2
L −Y
2
GR
3
GR
G
I8
L −Y
GR
3 EA1
2
4
2
C 6
C IG AR ETTE
L IG HT ER
C 9
C L OC K
1
1
3
B
W−B
W−B
A
J 7
J UNC TIO N
C O N NEC TO R
J8
JU NCTIO N
CO N NE CTO R
ID
W−B
A
W−B
A
B
J3
JUN CTIO N
CO N NE CTO R
A
102
L−Y
IE
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
SERVICE HINTS
C 6 CIGARETTE LIGHTER
2-GROUND
1-GROUND
C 9 CLOCK
3-GROUND
4-GROUND
2-GROUND
1-GROUND
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
: ALWAYS CONTINUTIY
:
:
:
:
ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS (POWER FOR CLOCK)
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION (POWER FOR INDICATION)
APPROX 12 VOLTS WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
ALWAYS CONTINUTIY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C6
24
J3
25
C9
24
J4
25
F11
25
J7
25
CODE
J8
SEE PAGE
25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
2
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
18
R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF THE LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
EA1
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
30
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
IE
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
I8
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
32
CODE
C 6
C 9
F 11
1
2
1
2
3
4
J 3
A A A
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
J 4
(S EE PAG E 2 0 )
A A A
B B
A A A
A A A B B B B B
A A A
(HIN T : SE E PAG E 7 )
J7
SEE PAGE
COWL WIRE
B LU E
A A
J 8
A A A
(H INT : SEE P A G E 7)
BL UE
A A
A A A A A A A
A A A A A A A
(HINT : SEE PA G E 7 )
(HINT : S EE PA G E 7 )
Brought to you by BirfMark
103
Brought to you by BirfMark
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR
FR O M PO W ER SO URC E S YSTEM (SEE PAG E 52 )
15A CIG
1
F1 1
FU SE BL O CK
GR
2
R 6
RE M O TE CO NTR OL M IR RO R SW
1
10
O PER ATIO N SW
SE LE CT SW
R IG H T
/D O W N
VR
M+
G
6
E
3
4
W−B
2
LEFT
/U P
RH
VL
G−R
9
DOWN
LH
HR
W
RH
HL
Y
LH
UP
L EF T
R IG H T
B
Y− R
A
W
J2
J U NC TION
C O NN EC TO R
I4
6 B K1
10 BK 1
W
9 BK 1
Y
BJ1
G
10
W
BJ 1
Y
6
G
9 B J1
1
2
3
1
2
3
W−B
W
A
M
R 21
R EM O TE C ON TR O L
M IR RO R L H
M
M
R 22
R EM O TE C O NTR O L
M IRR O R R H
ID
104
W −B
M
W −B
I12
Brought to you by BirfMark
IE
Brought to you by BirfMark
SERVICE HINTS
R 6 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW
1-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC ON ON POSITION
3-4 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT UP OR LEFT POSITION
9-4 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT RIGHT POSITION AND THE SELECT SW AT LH POSITION
10-4 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT DOWN POSITION AND THE SELECT SW AT LH POSITION
2-4 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT RIGHT POSITION AND THE SELECT SW AT RH POSITION
6-4 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT DOWN POSITION AND THE SELECT SW AT RH POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
F11
25
R6
25
J2
25
R21
27
CODE
R22
SEE PAGE
27
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
BJ1
34
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BK1
34
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
IE
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
I4
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
32
CODE
COWL WIRE
F11
J 2
SEE PAGE
I12
R 6
B LU E
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
32
COWL WIRE
R21, R 22
(S E E P A G E 20 )
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
1
1
2
X
6
X
X
3
4
9
10
2
3
(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )
Brought to you by BirfMark
105
Brought to you by BirfMark
SHIFT LOCK
FR O M PO W ER SO UR CE S YSTE M (SEE PAG E 5 2 )
10 A S TOP
3
2
F1 1
FU SE BL OC K
G −O
1 5A E CU− IG
2
B− W
1
1 5 A CIG
1
GR
1
A
B
J 3
J U NC TION
C O NN EC TO R
A
2
J6
JU NCTIO N
CO N NE CTO R
S1 3
STO P L IG HT
SW
B
15
1
S1 4
SHIFT L O CK ECU
ACC
G−W
ID 2
2
ID 2
G−W
ID 2
GR
12
B− W
GR
B− W
1
3
6
IG
STP
SHIFT LO CK
CO NTR O L SW
P1
G− R
3
P2
G−W
1
P
G
2
S LS +
L−R
SHIFT LO C K
SO LEN O ID
S LS −
KL S+
E
5
G−B
4
ID2
G−B
11
8
I12
KE Y INTER LO C K SOL EN O ID
[IG NITIO N S W ]
W−B
W −B
7
A
J7
JU NCTIO N
CO N NE CTO R
W−B
A
ID
106
BF
Brought to you by BirfMark
L
1
2
Brought to you by BirfMark
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC POSITION THE CURRENT FROM THE CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE SHIFT
LOCK ECU. AT THE ON POSITION, THE CURRENT FROM THE ECU- IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE SHIFT LOCK ECU.
1. SHIFT LOCK MECHANISM
WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, WHEN A SIGNAL THAT BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (THE STOP LIGHT SW ON) AND A SIGNAL THAT
SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” POSITION (CONTINUITY BETWEEN P1 AND P OF THE SHIFT POSITION SW) IS INPUT TO THE SHIFT LOCK
ECU. THE SHIFT LOCK ECU OPERATES AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE SHIFT LOCK ECU → TERMINAL SLS+
→ TERMINAL 2 OF THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID → SOLENOID → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL SLS- OF THE SHIFT LOCK ECU →
TERMINAL 5 → GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID TO TURN ON (PLATE STOPPER DISENGAGES), AND SHIFT
LEVER CAN BE SHIFTED INTO OTHER POSITION THAN THE “P” POSITION.
2. KEY INTER LOCK MECHANISM
WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION, WHEN SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” POSITION (NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN P2 AND
P OF LOCK CONTROL SW), THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE SHIFT LOCK ECU TO THE KEY INTER LOCK SOLENOID IS CUT
OFF. THIS CAUSES THE KEY INTER LOCK SOLENOID TO TURN OFF (LOCK LEVER DISENGAGES FROM LOCK POSITION), AND THE
IGNITION KEY CAN BE TURNED FROM ACC TO LOCK POSITION.
SERVICE HINTS
S14 SHIFT LOCK ECU
1-GROUND
3-GROUND
5-GROUND
6-GROUND
:
:
:
:
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
ALWAYS CONTINUITY
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
F11
25
I12
J3
CODE
SEE PAGE
J6
25
25
J7
25
25
S13
25
CODE
S14
SEE PAGE
27
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
ID2
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
BF
34
UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
F11
I1 2
J3
B L ACK
(S EE P AG E 2 0)
X
7
8
A A A
B B
A A A
B B B B B
(HINT : S E E PAG E 7 )
J7
A A A
S13
B L UE
J 6
(H IN T : S EE PAG E 7)
S14
BLA C K
A A
A A A A A A A
1
(HINT : SEE PAG E 7 )
2
1
X
3
4
5
6
Brought to you by BirfMark
107
Brought to you by BirfMark
POWER WINDOW
2
1
Y
14
15
5
BJ2
6
BJ2
ID2
3
Y
4
L
1
L
I3
1
G −O
3
4
P O W ER
R EL AY
8
3
3
W−B
R− B
R− G
16
J1
JUN CTIO N
CO N NEC TO R
A
A
F11
FU SE BLO CK
20
BJ1
L
II2
L
1
2
1
A
A
1
W−B
L− B
J2
JU NC TIO N
CO NN EC TO R
L−B
L− B
I3
L−B
L−B
P 6
PO W ER W IN DOW M AS TE R SW
1
BJ1
L−B
B 4
7
8
BW
BW1
FR O NT RH
UP
DOWN
FR O NT LH
DOWN
3 B J1
G−O
Y
R −L
8 BJ2
3
UP
R−G
1
3 0 A F L PO W ER
D 22
D O O R L O CK C O NTR O L
R ELAY
10A G AUG E
FRO M PO W E R SO UR CE SYSTEM (SEE P AG E 5 2)
+
−
+
−
W IND OW
LO C K S W
LO C K
N O RM AL
F LD
6
B− O
R− G
L− B
2 BK1
5 BK 1
1 BK1
R− G
BJ 1
2
3
L −B
D OW N
5
UP
P11
PO W ER W IND O W S W
FRO N T R H
5
1
4
B
R
W−B
D 17
D OO R C O UR TES Y SW
FRO N T RH
W −B
D 16
D OO R C O UR TES Y SW
FRO N T LH
108
1
BJ1
R
B
W −B
W −B
W−B
L− B
5
B− O
2
1 1 B J1
1
F RD
12
B 2
I12
FRU
13
R− G
1
FL U
B− G
2
W −B
E
W −B
W −B
R −B
R− G
E1
3
ID
IE
M
1
P 7
P OEW R W IN DO W M OTO R
FRO NT LH
Brought to you by BirfMark
3
M
1
P 8
PO W E R W IND O W M O TO R
FRO N T R H
Brought to you by BirfMark
L− B
P 6
PO W E R W INDO W M ASTER SW
UP
RL U
R LD
14
10
9
R−L
BJ1
16
B J1
1 7 B J1
R−Y
15
R− L
B −Y
B−L
B J1
B−L
12
R−Y
RRD
11
B− Y
RR U
L− B
L− B
UP
DOWN
R EAR L H
DOWN
R E AR R H
L−B
M
L− B
ID 1
R− Y
1
2 BN1
1 BN 1
3 BN 1
2
3
1
B
1
Brought to you by BirfMark
P 12
P O W E R W IN DO W S W
R EA R LH
4
2
P1 0
PO W ER W IN D O W M O TO R
REA R RH
5
UP
4
R
P1 3
PO W E R W IN D O W S W
RE AR R H
L−B
DO W N
5
DO W N
2
ID 1
3 B P1
L−B
UP
B
1
11
R −L
3
ID1
R
2
5
B−Y
1 BP1
II1
B− L
2 BP1
3
L− B
R−L
II1
R −L
1
B− L
II1
B− L
2
L− B
I2
L− B
I2
M
1
P 9
P O W ER W IND O W M O TO R
R EAR L H
109
Brought to you by BirfMark
POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER RELAY
→ TERMINAL 1 → GROUND. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE CURRENT FROM FL POWER FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OF
THE POWER RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS 7 AND 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER
WINDOW SW FRONT RH, REAR LH AND REAR RH.
1. MANUAL UP OPERATION (DRIVER’S SIDE)
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND WITH THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW (MANUAL SW) AT UP POSITION, THE CURRENT
FLOWS TO TERMINALS 7 AND 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW
MOTOR FRONT LH → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINALS 2 AND 1 → GROUND,
CAUSING THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. THE WINDOW ASCENDS ONLY WHILE THE POWER
WINDOW MASTER SW IS BEING PULLED.
IN DOWN OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOW TO TERMINALS 7 AND 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 13 →
TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT LH → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW →
TERMINALS 2 AND 1 → GROUND. ACCORDING TO THE FLOW, THE MOTOR ROTATES IN THE DOWN DIRECTION, LOWERING THE
WINDOW.
2. AUTO DOWN OPERATION (DRIVER’S SIDE)
WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND WITH THE AUTO DOWN SW OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IN DOWN POSITION, THE
CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 AND 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER
WINDOW MOTOR FRONT LH → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINALS 1 AND 2 →
GROUND, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE TOWARDS THE DOWN SIDE.
THEN THE SOLENOID IN THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS ACTIVATED AND IT LOCKS THE AUTO SW BEING PUSHED, CAUSING
THE MOTOR TO CONTINUE TO ROTATE IN AUTO DOWN OPERATION.
WHEN THE WINDOW HAS COMPLETELY DESCENDED, THE CURRENT BETWEEN TERMINAL 6 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
AND TERMINALS 1 AND 2 INCREASES. AS A RESULT, THE SOLENOID STOPS OPERATING, AUTO DOWN SW TURNS OFF, AND THE
CURRENT FROM TERMINALS 7 AND 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 13 IS CUT OFF, STOPPING THE MOTOR
SO THAT AUTO STOP OCCURS.
3. STOPPING OF AUTO DOWN AT DRIVER’S WINDOW
WHEN THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) IS PUSHED TO THE UP SIDE DURING AUTO DOWN OPERATION, A GROUND CIRCUIT OPENS IN
THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND THE CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
TO GROUND, SO THE MOTOR STOPS, CAUSING AUTO DOWN OPERATION TO STOP. IF THE MANUAL SW IS PUSHED
CONTINUOUSLY, THE MOTOR ROTATES IN THE UP DIRECTION IN MANUAL UP OPERATION.
4. MANUAL OPERATION BY POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S SIDE)
WITH THE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) PULLED TO THE UP SIDE, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER
WINDOW SW FRONT RH FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR →
TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW →
TERMINALS 1 AND 2 → GROUND, CAUSING THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT RH (PASSENGER’S) TO ROTATE IN THE UP
DIRECTION. UP OPERATION CONTINUES ONLY WHILE THE POWER WINDOW SW IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE. WHEN THE WINDOW
DESCENDS, THE CURRENT TO THE MOTOR FLOWS IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION, FROM TERMINAL 1 TO TERMINAL 3, AND THE
MOTOR ROTATES IN REVERSE.
WHEN THE WINDOW LOCK SW IS PUSHED OUT TO THE NORMAL SIDE, THE GROUND CIRCUIT TO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW
BECOMES OPEN.
AS A RESULT, EVEN IF OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION OF THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW IS TRIED, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINALS 1
AND 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS NOT GROUNDED AND THE MOTOR DOES NOT ROTATE, SO THE PASSENGER’S
WINDOW CANNOT BE OPERATED AND WINDOW LOCK OCCURS.
FURTHERMORE REAR LH, RH WINDOW OPERATE THE SAME AS THE ABOVE OPERATION.
5. KEY OFF POWER WINDOW OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY OPERATES AND KEEPS THE CURRENT
FLOW FROM FL POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 15 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE
POWER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS
FROM FL POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 7 AND 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW
MASTER SW, TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW FRONT RH. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER THE
IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, IT IS POSSIBLE TO RAISE AND LOWER THE WINDOW BY THE FUNCTIONING OF THIS RELAY. ALSO, BY
OPENING THE FRONT DOOR (THE DOOR COURTESY SW ON) WITHIN ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TO
OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OR 14 OF DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY TURNS OFF, AND UP
AND DOWN MOVEMENT OF THE WINDOW STOPS.
110
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
SERVICE HINTS
P 6 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
7, 8-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION OR KEY OFF OPERATED
1, 2-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
6-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) AT UP POSITION
13-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) AT DOWN OR
AUTO DOWN POSITION
WINDOW LOCK SW
OPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
D16
26
J2
25
D17
26
P6
D22
26
P7
F11
25
J1
25
CODE
SEE PAGE
P10
27
27
P11
27
27
P12
27
P8
27
P13
27
P9
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
20
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID1
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO
NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO.
NO 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
34
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BK1
34
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BN1
34
REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
BP1
34
REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
ID2
II1
II2
BJ1
BJ2
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
IE
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I2
I3
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B2
32
COWL WIRE
B4
36
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I12
Brought to you by BirfMark
111
Brought to you by BirfMark
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
FRO M POW ER SO URC E SYSTEM (SEE PAG E 52)
10A G AUGE
3 0A FL POW ER
3
4
L
3
Y
1
F11
FUSE BL O C K
6
BJ2
G −O
G− O
15
RLY
L
I3
L O CK
TIM ER
KEY O FF
PO W ER W IN DO W
8 B
L
G −O
L
2 0 BJ1
U NLO CK
TIM ER
1
1
4
1
2
POW ER
RELA Y
3
L− Y
G −R
A
W−B
W−B
W −B
3
B 6
W−B
LO CK
4
B6
W−B
ID
J8
JUNC TION
CO NN ECTOR
A
A
W −B
W−B
W −B
W−B
IE
Brought to you by BirfMark
W −B
W −B
11 BK1
W −B
112
3
1 1 BJ1
A
I12
2
W −B
L−Y
2
UNLO CK
1
LO CK
LO CK
3
L −B
L −Y
G−Y
2
UNLO CK
1
20 BK1
B 7
G −R
B2
J7
JUN CTIO N
CO NNECTO R
G− R
L− Y
1
W−B
W −B
W−B
9
1 8 B K1
W−B
U NLO CK
W ARN IN G S W
[IGN ITIO N S W ]
D20
D O OR KEY L O CK A ND
U NLO CK SW L H
I12
A
3
UNLO CK
10
A
4
W −B
R− B
I7
1 7 BK1
P 6
D O OR LO CK CO NT ROL SW LH
[P O W ER W INDO W M ASTER SW ]
L− B
LO CK
R−B
R−B
G−R
L −Y
B 5
UNLO CK
4 BJ1
L−Y
L −B
G−R
19
BJ1
3
BJ2
7
BJ2
Y
FR OM SEAT BEL T
W ARNIN G RELAY
J2
JU NCTIO N
C O N NEC TO R
D22
DO O R L O CK C ONTRO L REL AY
D21
D O OR KEY L O CK A ND
U NLO CK SW RH
8 B J2
UL2
9
L− B
B 4
B4
J1
JU NCTIO N
CO NNEC TO R
Y A
A
L2
12
D23
D O OR LO CK
C O NTR OL SW R H
UL1
11
L− Y
R−B
L1
10
L− B
Y
KSW
7
1
L− B
W−B
1
IG
1
Brought to you by BirfMark
R− B
R −G
E23
I5
R− B
1
D22
D O O R L O CK CO N TRO L R E LAY
B J1
5
2
14
D CTY
3
II2
FRO M D IO D E
(IN TE RIO R L IG H T)
PCTY
1
S EC UR ITY
AC T−
3
AC T+
L SW P
4
13
B J1
L− R
L−R
I5
L−R
3 BR 2
7
ID 1
L −R
B1 4
L− R
B 5
L−R
5
L −R
6
L−R
L SW D
E
16
L−O
DO U BLE
O PER ATIO N
CIRC UIT
BJ2
R−L
3
R− G
D 16
D O O R CO UR TESY
S W FRON T L H
R −G
R− B
D17
DO O R C O UR TES Y
SW FR O NT R H
R −G
ID2
R −G
3
R−B
L− R
L− W
I1 1
L−R
L−W
1 BT1
3 BS1
L− W
8 B N1
L−W
8
ID 1
L− W
L−W
4
L−W
12
II1
M
8 BP1
L− W
BJ1
L−W
4
2
L− W
I1 4
M
B 7
B ACK DO O R
L O CK M O TO R
M
4
3 BT1
2
4
3
7 B N1
D2 6
DO O R LO C K M O TO R
RE AR L H
L−R
D2 7
DO O R LO C K M O TO R
RE AR R H
L−R
2
M
1 BS1
L−R
L− R
L−R
2
L −R
L− O
1
4 BK 1
B 3
14
7 BP1
W −B
L −W
B2
3 BK 1
L− W
W −B
W−B
II1
L−W
4
L− W
3
W−B
11
L−W
M
L−R
L−O
2
L− W
L− R
1
I1 4
1 2 BK 1
D25
D O O R L O CK M O TOR
A ND D O O R U N LO C K
D ETECTION SW
FRO NT RH
D24
D O O R L O CK M O TOR
A ND D O O R U N LO C K
D ETECTION SW
FRO NT LH
LG
W −B
2 BJ2
4 BR 2
L−W
B1 4
L−W
Brought to you by BirfMark
113
Brought to you by BirfMark
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY THROUGH FL POWER FUSE.
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY THROUGH
GAUGE FUSE.
1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATION
TO CHANGE THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW TO LOCK POSITION, A LOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO
TERMINALS 10 OR 12 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY, CAUSING THE RELAY TO FUNCTION. THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM
TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 →
TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING DOORS TO LOCK.
2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATION
TO CHANGE THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW TO UNLOCK POSITION, AN UNLOCK SIGNAL IS
INPUT TO TERMINALS 9 OR 11 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY, CAUSING THE RELAY TO FUNCTION. THE CURRENT FLOWS
FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 4
→ TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING DOORS TO UNLOCK.
3. DOUBLE OPERATION UNLOCK OPERATION
WHEN THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW (DRIVER’S) IS TURNED TO THE UNLOCK SIDE, ONLY THE DRIVER’S DOOR IS
MECHANICALLY UNLOCKED. TURNING THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW (DRIVER’S) TO THE UNLOCK SIDE CAUSES A
SIGNAL TO BE INPUT TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY, AND IF THE SIGNAL IS INPUT AGAIN WITHIN 3
SECONDS BY TURNING THE SWITCH TO THE UNLOCK SIDE AGAIN, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK
CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL
RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TO OPERATE TO UNLOCK THE DOORS.
4. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION
* OPERATING DOOR LOCK KNOB (OPERATION OF DOOR LOCK MOTORS)
WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN EITHER FRONT DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING
DOOR LOCK KNOB (DOOR LOCK MOTOR), THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED SOON BY THE
FUNCTION OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK
CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR
LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.
* OPERATING DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR KEY LOCK SW
WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN EITHER FRONT DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING
DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR KEY SW, THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCK SOON BY THE FUNCTION OF
SW CONTAINED IN MOTORS, WHICH THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 6 (DRIVER’S) OR 5 (PASSENGER’S) OF THE DOOR LOCK
CONTROL RELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS INPUT SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL
RELAY TO TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK
CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.
* IN CASE OF KEY LESS LOCK
WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN THE CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE UNLOCK FUNCTION IS DISTURBED MORE
THAN 0.2 SECOND, FOR EXAMPLE PUSHING THE DOOR LOCK KNOB ETC., THE DOOR HOLDS ON LOCK CONDITION. AFTER
CLOSING THE DOOR, THE DOOR COURTESY SW INPUTS THE SIGNAL INTO TERMINAL 2 OR 14 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL
RELAY. BY THIS INPUT SIGNAL, THE ECU WORKS AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL
RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK
CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.
114
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
SERVICE HINTS
D22 DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY
16-GROUND
2-GROUND
8-GROUND
3-GROUND
: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATION
* DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED
* DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
(IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION)
* DOOR LOCK KNOB LOCKED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
(IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION)
* UNLOCKING THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY
4-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATION
* DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED
* LOCKING THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY
10-GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED
14-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE PASSENGER’S DOOR OPEN
6-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED
5-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED
11-GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED, PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED
WITH KEY
1-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
9-GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY
12-GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY
I12 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]
10-9 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
D20, D21 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH, RH
2-3 : CLOSED WITH THE DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY
1-3 : CLOSED WITH THE DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY
D16, D17 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH
1-GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE FRONT DOOR OPEN
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
B7
26
D23
26
I12
25
D16
26
D24
26
J1
25
D17
26
D25
26
J2
25
D20
26
D26
26
J7
25
D21
26
D27
26
J8
25
D22
26
F11
25
P6
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
20
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID1
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO
NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO.
NO 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
34
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BK1
34
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BN1
34
REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
BP1
34
REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
BR2
34
LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
BS1
34
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)
BT1
36
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
ID2
II1
II2
BJ1
BJ2
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
IE
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
Brought to you by BirfMark
115
Brought to you by BirfMark
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E23
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
30
CODE
I3
B3
I5
B4
I7
I11
32
COWL WIRE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
36
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
36
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
36
FLOOR WIRE
B5
B6
I12
B7
I14
B14
116
SEE PAGE
B2
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
AUTO ANTENNA
FRO M PO W ER SO U RC E SYSTEM ( S EE PAG E 5 2 )
15A CIG
1
F11
FU SE B LO CK
2
GR
A
GR
A
3
GR
IF1
J3
JU NC TIO N
C ON NEC TO R
W−B
4
W −B
IF1
D OW N
2
UP
A21
AUTO AN TE NN A
CO N TRO L S W
4
A
3
J8
JUN C T IO N
C O NN EC TO R
L
L −Y
5
A
IF1
W−B
13
L−Y
IF1
L
12
1
M
2
A 8
A UTO ANTENN A
M O TO R
IE
SERVICE HINTS
A21 AUTO ANTENNA SW
4-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
2-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A8
22
F11
25
A21
24
J3
25
CODE
SEE PAGE
J8
25
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
IF1
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
32
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IE
A 8
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
A21
G R AY
BLA CK
F 11
J3
(S EE PAG E 2 0)
1
2
A A A
2
3
4
5
J 8
B L UE
A A A
A A
A A A A A A A
A A A
(H IT : S EE PA G E 7 )
(HIN T : S EE PAG E 7 )
Brought to you by BirfMark
117
Brought to you by BirfMark
POWER SEAT
FRO M PO W ER SO UR C E SYSTEM (SEE PA GE 52 )
3 0 A F L P O W ER
3
F11
FUSE BL O CK
L
4
L
L
L
I4
ID 2
L −B
10
Bc1
L−B
1
P1 4
PO W ER SE AT C O NTRO L SW (DR IVE R’ S SEA T)
1
M
M
1
P1 9
PO W ER S EAT M O TO R
(D RIVER ’ S
S E AT REC L IN IN G
C O N TROL )
2
M
1
P1 6
PO W ER SE AT M O TO R
(DR IVE R’ S
SEA T FRO NT
VER TIC AL CO NTR OL )
1
M
R EAR
3
2
P1 8
PO W E R SEA T M O TO R
(D RIVER ’ S
S EAT RE AR
V ERTICAL C O N TRO L )
9
1
W−B
6
R− W
2
G
G−B
11
1
M
2
P 17
P O W ER SE AT M O TO R
(D RIVE R’ S
SE AT L UM BAR
SU PPO R T CON TRO L )
3
Bc1
W−B
P20
PO W ER SEAT M O TO R
(DR IVER ’ S
SEAT SL ID E
CO N TR OL )
2
12
L UM BA R SU PPO R T
G−Y
R EAR
UP
R− L
2
7
R−B
4
G−L
8
G
FRO N T
R
5
R EA R VER TIC AL
DOWN
FRO N T
FR O NT V ER TICA L
DOWN
UP
R EC LIN IN G
R EAR
FRO N T
SLID E
R−Y
10
BF
118
Brought to you by BirfMark
W −B
Brought to you by BirfMark
L
II2
L −B
6
Bj1
L− B
1
P1 5
PO W ER SEAT C ONTRO L SW (PASSENG ER’ S SEAT)
1
W −B
Bj1
W −B
M
P24
PO W ER S EAT M OTOR
(PASSENG ER’ S
S EAT SLIDE
CO NTROL)
1
M
P23
PO W ER SEAT M O TO R
(PASSENGER’ S
SEAT REC LIN ING
CO NTROL)
2
M
DOW N
11
2
1
P21
POW ER SEAT M OTO R
(PASSE NGER ’ S
S EAT FRO NT
V ERTICAL CON TRO L)
6
G −Y
12
2
REAR V ER TICAL
R− Y
REAR
UP
R− L
2
7
R− B
4
G−L
8
G
FRON T
9
R
W −B
5
3
FRO NT VERTICA L
DOW N
UP
RECLINING
REAR
FRON T
SL IDE
G −B
10
1
M
2
P22
PO W ER SEAT M O TOR
(PASSENGER’ S
SEAT REAR
VERTICAL CO NTRO L)
3
BM 1
Brought to you by BirfMark
119
Brought to you by BirfMark
POWER SEAT
SERVICE HINTS
P14 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’S SEAT)
10-5 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT SLIDE OPERATION
10-8 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR SLIDE OPERATION
10-4 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT RECLINING OPERATION
10-7 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR RECLINING OPERATION
10-12 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL UP OPERATION
10-11 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION
10-2 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL UP OPERATION
10-6 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION
10-3 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT LUMBAR SUPPORT FRONT OPERATION
10-1 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT LUMBAR SUPPORT REAR OPERATION
9-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
P15 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (PASSENGER’S SEAT)
10-5 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT FRONT SLIDE OPERATION
10-8 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT REAR SLIDE OPERATION
10-4 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT FRONT RECLINING OPERATION
10-7 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT REAR RECLINING OPERATION
10-12 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL UP OPERATION
10-11 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION
10-2 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL UP OPERATION
10-6 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION
9-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
F11
25
P17
28
P21
28
P14
28
P18
28
P22
28
P15
28
P19
28
P23
28
P16
28
P20
28
P24
28
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID2
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II2
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM1
34
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE)
Bc1
38
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)
Bl1
38
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
BF
SEE PAGE
34
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I4
120
SEE PAGE
32
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
COWL WIRE
Brought to you by BirfMark
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
ABS
Brought to you by BirfMark
121
Brought to you by BirfMark
ABS
FR O M PO W ER SO U RC E SYS TEM (SEE P AG E 5 2)
1
60 A
ABS
B −W
2
B−W
2
1 EA 3
A 6
A ,A 7
B
AB S RE LA Y
6 GN D +BM
B
20
IH1
R−L
1 A
R −L
B−W
B−W
2 EA3
B− W
E8
2 B
4 B
+BS
A 4
W
A ,A5
B
A BS A CTU ATO R
BS
3 A
1 B
5 B
4 A
S FR
SFL
1 B
MT
BM
3 B
2 B
5 B
3 A
1 A
LG
L
G −B
G
G −Y
B −L
B− R
SR R
4 B
W−B
4 A
SR
B− R
2 A
R−
L−W
MR
L− Y
BS
BM
L− R
W−B
M
A ST
B− R
W −B
E2 3
23 B
24 B
MR
11 B
R−
1 B
SR
A1 2
A , A13
13 B
26 B
18 B
6 B
SFR
S FL
S RR
AS T
MT
B
ABS E C U
F L+
9 B
FL −
F SS
FR +
22 B
10 B
16 B
F R−
3 B
BR
15 B
BR
GND
2 B
BR
GN D
(SHIEL D ED)
(SH IEL D ED )
Y
B
1 Bd 1
3 Bd 1
B
W
B
P
4 Bd 1
W
V
2 Bd 1
I3
1 Be 1
2 Be 1
2
ID
122
IE
1
A 23
A BS S PEED
S EN SO R FR ON T
LH
Brought to you by BirfMark
B
W
BR
W− B
I3
1
2
A24
ABS S PEED
SEN SO R FR O NT
RH
G ND
Brought to you by BirfMark
1
1
10 A STOP
10 A ECU−B
1 5A ECU− IG
3
2
2
3
F11
FUS E BLO CK
1
IH 1
11
IH 1
23
B−R
4
IG
A22
ABS DECEL ER ATIO N SEN SOR
2 B
IH1
P−B
16
GS1
GS2
GS T
G ND
3
2
1
6
14
ID3
13
W−B
2
P− B
13
B
Y
ABS
4 A
ID2
Y−R
CENTER
DIFF.
LOCK
E1
22
15
B−W
B− W
WA
A
O
B− Y
TC
11
GR− R
TS
5
B
B− W
Y
WB
16
A
23
C10 A , C 11 B
CO M BINATIO N M ETER
S13
STO P L IG HT SW
G− O
D 1
DATA LIN K
CO NN EC TOR 1
A
J6
J UN CTIO N
CO NN ECTO R
R−L
Y− B
J1
JUNCTIO N
CON NECTOR
Y
1
10 A GAUG E
FR OM PO W ER SO URC E SYSTEM (SEE PAG E 5 2)
ID 3
12
ID3
1
TO CENTER
D FF. LOCK
NDICATOR SW
O
15 A
5 B
TS
13 A
19 B
TC
W
Y −R
Y−B
G−W
I5
Y
P− B
B−Y
G R− R
O
BR−B
6 A
EXI
25 B
STP
12 B
BAT
12 A
+B
3 A
GS1
A12
10 A
G S2
A , A13
G ST
B
ABS ECU
RSS
7 A
R R−
RR +
16 A
14 A
R
G
(SHIEL D ED)
W
(SH IE LDED)
PKB
8 A
R−B
R L+
9 A
L
RL−
1 A
I3
11
ID3
4
ID3
5
I6
(SHIEL D ED)
1
L
G
B1
B RA K E FL UID
L EVEL
W ARN IN G SW
R −B
R
W
(SH IE LDED)
R−B
ID3
4
BQ2
6 BQ2
2 BQ2
1
BQ2
2
9
L
R
G
(SHIEL D ED)
W
(SH IE LDED)
ID2
B3 1
Bh1
5 Bh1
2 Bh1
1
L
R
Y− G
(SHIEL D ED)
W
(SH IE LDED)
Bh1
1 Bg1
2 Bg1
1
B2 4
1
2
Bf1
1
Bf1
2
A2 5
ABS SPEED SEN SOR
REAR L H
1
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
W−B
3
A
R−W
4 Bh1
W−B
BQ2
P4
PARKI NG
BRAKE SW
2
I12
WB
5
W−B
IDE
BR−B
3
ID 3
ID
WB
2
IE
EC
BF
A2 6
ABS S PEED SENSO R
R EAR RH
Brought to you by BirfMark
123
Brought to you by BirfMark
ABS
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHT FRONT
WHEEL. LEFT FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEELS WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC STOP SO THAT THE WHEELS DO NOT
LOCK. THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING.
1. INPUT SIGNAL
(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
THE TOP SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS ECU.
(2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL
A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS ECU WHEN BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED.
(3) PARKING BRAKE SW SIGNAL
A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL PKB OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE SW IS ON.
(4) DECELERATION SENSOR SIGNAL
THE DEGREE OF VEHICLE DECELERATION IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINAL GS1, GS2 AND GST OF THE ABS ECU.
(5) TRANSFER CONTROL SIGNAL
WHILE THE TRANSFER SHIFT LEVER IS IN L4 POSITION, THE CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR SW DETECTS A SIGNAL OF
CENTER DIFF. LOCK AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL EXI OF THE ABS ECU.
2. SYSTEM OPERATION
(TRANSFER L4 POSITION)
WHEN THE TRANSFER SHIFT LEVER IS MOVED TO L4 POSITION, THE CENTER DIFF. IS LOCKED, THEN THE ABS IS NOT IN
OPERATION AND THE ABS WARNING LIGHT IS LIGHTED UP.
(TRANSFER EXCEPT L4 POSITION)
DURING SUDDEN BRAKING, THE ABS ECU WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR, CONTROLS THE CURRENT TO THE
SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR, AND CAUSES THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL CYLINDER ESCAPE TO THE
RESERVOIR. THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME, AND IT RETURNS THE BRAKE FLUID FROM THE
RESERVOIR TO THE MASTER CYLINDER, PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS. IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC
PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENT ACTING ON THE SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE
HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED. HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU, BY THE SAME
METHOD AS ABOVE. BY REPEATED PRESSURE, REDUCTION, HOLDING AND INCREASED ARE REPEATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE
STABILITY AND IMPROVE STEERABILTY DURING SUDDEN BRAKING.
SERVICE HINTS
A12 (A) , A13 (B) ABS ECU
(CONNECTOR THE ECU CONNECTOR)
(A) 15-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 TS-E1
NOT CONNECTED
(B) 5-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 TC-E1
NOT CONNECTED
(B) 1-GROUND :
(B) 6-GROUND :
(B) 18-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE ABS WARNING LIGHT GOES OFF
(B) 26-GROUND :
(B) 13-GROUND :
(B) 2-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
(B) 15-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
(B) 12-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
(A) 6-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
(B) 25-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
(A) 14-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED OR BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL WARNING SW ON
(DISCONNECT THE ECU CONNECTOR)
(B) 1-(B) 18 : APPROX. 6 Ω
(B) 13-(B) 18 : APPROX. 6 Ω
(B) 26-(B) 18 : APPROX. 6 Ω
(B) 9-(B) 22 : 0.9-1.8 KΩ
(B) 16-(B) 3 : 0.9-1.8 KΩ
(B) 11- (B) 24 : 60-100 Ω
(B) 23-(B) 24 : 50-80 Ω
(A) 1-(A) 9 : 0.5-1.6 KΩ
(A) 16-(A) 8 : 0.5-1.6 KΩ
124
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A4
A
22
A23
26
D1
22
A5
B
22
A24
26
F11
25
A6
A
22
A25
26
J1
25
A7
B
22
A26
26
J2
25
A12
A
24
B1
22
J6
25
A13
B
24
C10
A
24
P4
27
26
C11
B
24
S13
25
A22
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
18
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA3
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
30
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO
NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
ID2
ID3
IH1
32
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
BQ2
34
FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
Bd1
36
COWL WIRE AND SPEED CONTROL SENSOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
Be1
36
SPEED SENSOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 1 WIRE (FRONT AXLE HOUSING LH)
Bf1
36
FRAME NO. 2 WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 3 WIRE (REAR AXLE HOUSING LH)
Bg1
36
FRAME NO. 2 WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 4 WIRE (REAR AXLE HOUSING RH)
Bh1
36
FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FRAME NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EC
30
AIR INTAKE CHAMBER
ID
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
IE
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
BF
34
UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
E8
30
E23
30
I3
I5
32
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
CODE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
32
COWL WIRE
B24
36
FLAME NO. 2 WIRE
B31
36
FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE
I12
COWL WIRE
SEE PAGE
I6
Brought to you by BirfMark
125
Brought to you by BirfMark
CRUISE CONTROL
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL
INDICATOR LIGHT. THE CURRENT THROUGH ECU-IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 14 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON AND THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW IS TURNED ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 15 OF
THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW TO TERMINAL4 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU
FUNCTIONS AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 14 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FLOWS TO TERMINAL 13 OF THE CRUISE
CONTROL ECU → GROUND, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS IN A CONDITION READY FOR OPERATION.
AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT FROM THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT
→ TERMINAL 9 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 13 → GROUND, CAUSING THE CRUISE CONTROL
INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP TO INDICATE THAT THE CRUISE CONTROL IS READY FOR OPERATION.
1. SET OPERATION
WHEN THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW IS TURNED ON AND THE SET SW IS PUSHED WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WITHIN THE SET
LIMIT (APPROX. 36 KM/H, 22 MPH TO 200 KM/H, 124 MPH), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU AND
THE VEHICLE SPEED AT THE TIME THE SET SW IS RELEASED IS MEMORIZED IN THE ECU AS THE SET SPEED.
2. SET SPEED CONTROL
DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU COMPARES THE SET SPEED MEMORIZED IN THE CRUISE
CONTROL ECU WITH THE ACTUAL VEHICLE SPEED INPUT INTO TERMINAL 20 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FROM THE
COMBINATION METER, AND CONTROLS THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO MAINTAIN THE SET SPEED.
WHEN THE ACTUAL SPEED IS LOWER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE ECU CAUSES THE CURRENT TO THE CRUISE CONTROL
ACTUATOR TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 12 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 6 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR →
TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 11 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR IS
ROTATED TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE, AND THE THROTTLE CABLE IS PULLED TO INCREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED. WHEN THE
ACTUAL DRIVING SPEED IS HIGHER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE CURRENT TO CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR FLOWS FROM
TERMINAL 11 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 7 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL
12 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO ROTATE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VAVLE AND RETURN THE
THROTTLE CABLE TO DECREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED.
3. COAST CONTROL
DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE COAST SW IS ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR RETURNS THE THROTTLE
CABLE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND DECREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE COAST SWITCH
IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED, AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.
4. ACCEL CONTROL
DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR PULLS THE
THROTTLE CABLE TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE AND INCREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE ACCEL
SW IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED, AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.
5. RESUME CONTROL
UNLESS THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH) AFTER CANCELING THE SET
SPEED BY THE CANCEL SW, PUSHING THE RESUME SW WILL CAUSE THE VEHICLE TO RESUME THE SPEED SET BEFORE
CANCELLATION.
6. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISM
IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH OF THE
ACTUATOR MOTOR TURNS OFF, THE MOTOR ROTATES TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS
RELEASED.
∗ PLACING THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION. “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU”
∗ DEPRESSING BRAKE PEDAL (STOP LIGHT SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 16 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU”
∗ PUSH THE CANCEL SW (CANCEL SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU”
∗ PUSH THE MAIN SWITCH (MAIN SW OFF) “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU”
126
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
7. AUTO CANCEL FUNCTION
A) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS
ERASED, THE CURRENT FLOW TO MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS STOPPED, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (MAIN SW TURNS
OFF).
WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE IGNITION SW MUST BE TURNED OFF ONCE BEFORE THE MAIN SWITCH WILL TURN ON.
∗ OVER CURRENT TO TRANSISTER DRIVING MOTOR AND/OR MAGNETIC CLUTCH.
∗ WHEN CURRENT CONTINUED TO FLOW TO THE MOTOR INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IN THE THROTTLE VALVE “OPEN” DIRECTION.
∗ OPEN CIRCUIT IN MAGNETIC CLUTCH.
∗ MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION OF VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL.
∗ SHORT CIRCUIT IN CRUISE CONTROL SW.
∗ MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE DESPITE THE MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL BEING OUTPUT.
B) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS ERASED, AND
THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (THE POWER OF MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS CUT OFF UNTIL THE SET SW IS “ON” AGAIN.)
∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT, APPROX. 40 KM/H (25 MPH)
∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS MORE THAN 16 KM/H (10 MPH) BELOW THE SET SPEED, E.G. ON AN UPWARD SLOPE.
∗ WHEN POWER TO THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS MOMENTARILY CUT OFF.
8. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION CONTROL FUNCTION
∗ IN OVERDRIVE, IF THE VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES LOWER THAN THE OVERDRIVE CUT SPEED (SET SPEED MINUS APPROX. 4
KM/H, 2.5 MPH) DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, SUCH AS DRIVING UP A HILL, THE OVERDRIVE IS RELEASED AND THE
POWER INCREASED TO PREVENT A REDUCTION IN VEHICLE SPEED.
∗ AFTER RELEASING THE OVERDRIVE, VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES HIGHER THAN THE OVERDRIVE RETURN SPEED (SET SPEED
MINUS APPROX. 2 KM/H, 1.2 MPH), THE ECU JUDGES BY THE SIGNALS FROM POTENTIONMETER OF THE ACTUATOR THAT THE
UPWARD SLOPE HAS FINISHED, AND OVERDRIVE IS RESUMED AFTER APPROXIMATELY 6 SECONDS.
∗ DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU
TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ECU UPON RECEIVING THIS SIGNAL, SO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ECU CHANGES THE
SHIFT PATTERN TO NORMAL.
TO MAINTAIN SMOOTH CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION (ON A DOWNWARD SLOPE, ETC.), LOCK-UP RELEASE OF THE
TRANSMISSION WHEN THE IDLING POINT OF THE THROTTLE POSITION IS “ON” IS FORBIDDEN.
SERVICE HINTS
C4 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1-3 : APPROX. 2 KΩ
5-4 : APPROX. 38.5 Ω
C17 CRUISE CONTROL ECU
14-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
15-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
20-GROUND : 4 PULSE WITH 1 ROTATION OF ROTOR SHAFT
18-GROUND : APPROX. 418 Ω WITH THE CANCEL SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW
APPROX. 68 Ω WITH THE RES/ACC SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW
APPROX. 198 Ω WITH THE SET/COAST SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW
4-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE MAIN SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW
13-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
Brought to you by BirfMark
127
Brought to you by BirfMark
CRUISE CONTROL
FR O M PO W ER SO UR C E SYS TEM (SEE PA G E 52 )
1
1
1
4
3
3
1 0 A E CU − B
2
I1 2
IG NIT IO N
SW
2
ST1
G1
AC C
F1 1
FU SE
B LO C K
1
Y
B− W
1 0 A S TO P
15 A E CU −IG
1 0 A G A UG E
AM 1
1
G −O
C1 3
C O M BIN ATIO N M ETE R
Y
5
15
PI
B− W
23
IDL
CCS
C1 7
CR UISE CO NTR OL ECU
C 10
C R UIS E CO N TOR L
IND ICA TO R LIGH T
[CO M B. M ETER]
22
CMS
18
VR3
V R2
26
25
B ATT
VR1
24
MC
20
2
S PD
N& C
MO
11
L
12
STP−
10
16
2
4
1
15
5
3
2
1
7
6
5
G −W
R ES UM E /
A CC EL
M
BR
20
C 4
C R UISE CO N TRO L AC TUA TO R
4
W −B
SET/
C O AST
EP
C15
C RU ISE C ON TR O L SW
[C O M B. SW ]
A
W −B
BR
I5
ID
W−B
A
I12
W−B
BR
128
I1
C CS
C ANC EL
M A IN
CMS
G−W
3
R −G
L
S1 3
C RUIS E C O N TRO L STO P SW
[ST OP L IG HT SW ]
L −R
Y
Y− G
Y− L
B− G
Y−R
BR
R
4
IH 1
G−W
OD
9
ECT
9
TC
19
3
IE
Brought to you by BirfMark
J2
J UNC TIO N
C O NN EC TO R
TO S TO P L IG HTS
GND
13
IH2
S PD
L −W
15
G −R
8
B
ID L
11 C
5
B− R
14
A
G−Y
IH 1
9 A
G−W
18 D
B −Y
B −W
11
D
G −W
11
S2
TC
B
G−O
J6
JU NCTIO N
CO NN EC TO R
C ,E 7
A ,E 5
E NG INE C O NTR O L M O D UL E
R− Y
B
E 4
OD1
D 1
D ATA L IN K CO N NEC TO R 1
B− Y
A
J1
JU NC TIO N
C ON NE CT O R
Brought to you by BirfMark
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C4
22
D1
C10
24
E4
C13
24
E5
C15
24
E7
D
C17
24
CODE
SEE PAGE
22
I12
25
A
24
J1
25
C
24
J2
25
24
J6
25
25
S13
25
F11
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
IH1
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
32
IH2
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
IE
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
I1
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
32
I5
C 4
1
3
C 10
GRAY
4
SEE PAGE
I12
COWL WIRE
5
2
6
CODE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
32
COWL WIRE
C1 3
G RAY
3
9
X
5
7
C1 5 BL AC K
X
5
X X
X
X 15
X
C 17
X
X
X 20
2
X
4
14 15 16
5
D 1
G RAY
X X 8
9 10 1 1 12 1 3
X 18 X 20 X 2 2 23 2 4 25
X
26
X
X
X
X
A
E 5
D AR K G RAY
C
9
1
X
11
J1
BLACK
4
D
X
X
A A A
X
X 11
X
X
X
F11
DAR K GR AY
(S EE PAG E 20 )
X
X
I1 2
E 7
DA RK G RAY
X
X
X
E 4
BL ACK
18
X
J2
BLU E
A A A
A A
A A A A A A A
A A A
J6
S1 3
B B
1
B B B B B
(H INT : SEE PAG E 7)
(HIN T : S EE PAGE 7 )
BLA CK
3
2
4
(HINT : SEE PA GE 7)
Brought to you by BirfMark
129
Brought to you by BirfMark
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
W
Y
A CC
IG 1 2
B−Y
S T1 1
B−W
IG 2 6
B −R
B− Y
Y
B
W
4 AM1
FR O M P O W E R S O U R CE SYS TEM
(S EE P A GE 5 2)
I1 2
IG N ITIO N S W
3 E C1
1
1
15 A
EFI
F11
FU SE
BLOCK
Y
3 EA2
W −R
6 E A2
B
3 EA 3
B−R
1 0A S TO P
W −R
11 AM2
2
2
2
T 2
T R A NS FER L 4
P O SITIO N SW
2
2
2
50A
AM1
1
B− L
R−Y
G−O
2
2
2
2
1
Y− R
IH 1
24
1
IH1
12 D
M RL Y
22 D
+B
B−L
Y
3 D
G−W
2
BR
R
W
W
22
2
2
4 E C1
4
7 EA2
B−W
2
Y− R
EFI M A IN
RE L AY
1
B− L
S1 3
STO P LIG HT
SW
1 EB1
R
3
14 D
NSW
9 D
S TP
L4
3
4
O D1
W−R
B−L
2
18 D
SP 2 +
SP 2 −
2 B
8 B
S1
10 A
S2
9 A
SL
8 A
E 4
A ,E 5
C ,E 6
B ,E 7
V−G
R
R−Y
R− L
5 E C2
4 EC2
1 EC2
2 EC 2
3 EC 2
V− G
9
B ATTE RY
OD
EB
130
C1 7
CR U IS E C ON TR O L
EC U
2
R
R− Y
R −L
1
2
3
NO. 1
NO. 2
NO. 3
1
V 2
V E HIC L E S PE ED SEN SO R
(EL EC TR O N IC A LL Y CO N TRO L LE D
TR AN S M IS SIO N)
V
G−O
F L AM 1 1 . 2 5B
1 B
BR
1 A
F L AM 2 0 . 3P
1 C
FL M A IN 2 . 0L
A ,F 7
F6
FUS IBL E LIN K
B ,F 8
C
V
E NG IN E C O N TR O L M O D U LE
E 2
EL EC TR O N ICA L LY
C O N TR O L L ED
TR AN SM IS SIO N
SO L EN O ID
Brought to you by BirfMark
D
Brought to you by BirfMark
AND A/T INDICATOR
Y
Y
Y
E18
B− Y
I4
6
IH1
B− Y
1
B− Y
Y
1
1
J4
JUNCTIO N
CO NNEC TOR
B
B
Y
P− B
I12
A
B
Y
A
P− B
B
15
Y
1 0A G AUGE
3
J1
JUN CTIO N CONNECTOR
Y
Y
3
J6
JUN CTIO N CONNECTOR
B−W
B− W
7 . 5 A IGN
2
B− L
F11
FUSE BL OCK
15A ECU−IG
B− R
A
ID2
1
L−W
ID3
ID 2
W
B−W
16
2
2˙
E9
ELECTR ONICALL Y CO NTRO LLED
TRAN SMISSIO N PATTERN
SELECT SW
PW R
5
P −B
3
P− B
6
6
ID3
BR
11
IH 2
O
O
1 D
3 A
IG SW
20 D
E4
A ,E 5
C ,E6
B ,E 7
8 D
PW R
HO LD
SPD
D
ENG IN E CO NTRO L M O DULE
VTA
10 C
VCC
E0 3
1 C
E02
E01
16 A
26 A
13 A
BR
ID L
11 C
BR
2
G −Y
2
E2
9 C
BR
O IL
12 C
R− W
TH W
4 C
R− W
THG
19 A
E1
24 A
B R−B
BR
R− G
G −B
G −W
BR− B
1
I18
BR−B
BR
BR −B
1
A3
A /T FLUID
TEM P. SENSO R
E3
E NGINE CO OLA NT
TEM P. SENSO R
2
E16
2
3
4
IDL
VTA
VC
T1
THR OTTL E
PO S ITIO N
SEN SO R
BR− B
BR−B
E 1
E GR GAS
TEM P. SENSO R
I18
1
E16
BR− B
E20
B R−B
1 E2
Brought to you by BirfMark
EC
131
Brought to you by BirfMark
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
Y
P 1
A/T INDIC ATO R SW
[PAR K/N EU TR A L
P OS ITIO N SW ]
Y
Y
4
B
D
2
L
10
9
2
3
4
3
B− O
IH2
IH 2
O
2
IH 2
G−W
IH 2
O
5
R− W
L− W
IH 1
B−O
R −B
7
R−B
IH2
R−L
6
G −R
N
8
R− W
R
7
R−L
P−B
P
G −W
I12
O
I12
R− B
TO BAC K− U P
LIG HT
R− B
R −L
P− B
R− L
R−B
R− W
B−O
O
G −W
8 A
9 B
3 A
13 B
3 B
4 B
5 B
7 B
10 B
11 B
PW R
2nd
STR T
A/T P
Y−L
P−L
21 D
I9
P
R
N
7 A
8 B
12 B
1 A
C12
B , C 13
6 B
A
C O M BINA TIO N M ETER
A
Y− L
O 4
O /D
M AIN
SW
J7
JU N CTIO N
C O NN EC TO R
P− L
R− W
12
IH 2
BR
R− W
BF
A
W−B
W −B
L
W −B
2
132
2
Y− L
TO TRAN SFER
N EUTR AL
PO SITIO N SW
P −L
P− L
R −W
ID2
4
D
I11
P−L
22
I6
L−W
TFN
HI
18 A
R−L
O /D O FF
O D2
19 D
E4
A ,E 5
C ,E 6
R
Y
15 D
2
R− L
16 D
L
ENG INE CO N TR O L M O D ULE
17 D
B ,E 7
D
I12
ID
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
AND A/T INDICATOR
SYSTEM OUTLINE
PREVIOUS AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION HAVE SELECTED EACH GEAR SHIFT USING MECHANICALLY CONTROLLED THROTTLE
HYDRAULIC PRESSURE, GOVERNOR HYDRAULIC PRESSURE AND LOCK-UP HYDRAULIC PRESSURE. THE ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION, HOWEVER, ELECTRICALLY CONTROLS THE GOVERNOR PRESSURE AND LOCK-UP PRESSURE
THROUGH THE SOLENOID VALVE. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OF THE SOLENOID VALVE BASED ON THE INPUT SIGNALS
FROM EACH SENSOR MAKES SMOOTH DRIVING POSSIBLE BY SHIFT SELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE
TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME.
1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATION
DURING DRIVING, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE SELECTS THE SHIFT FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE
DRIVING CONDITIONS, BASED ON INPUT SIGNALS FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR TO TERMINAL THW OF THE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND ALSO THE INPUT SIGNALS TO TERMINAL SP2+ OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE FROM THE
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR DEVOTED TO THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION. THE CURRENT IS THEN OUTPUT TO
THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM
TERMINAL S1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
SOLENOID → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO THE NO. 1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT. FOR 2ND SPEED, THE CURRENT FLOWS
FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
SOLENOIDS → GROUND AND FROM TERMINAL S2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 AND NO. 2, SOLENOIDS CAUSES THE SHIFT. FOR
3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2, CAUSING THE SHIFT. SHIFTING INTO 4TH SPEED
(OVERDRIVE) TAKES PLACE WHEN THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO EITHER NO. 1 OR NO. 2 SOLENOID.
2. LOCK-UP OPERATION
WHEN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE JUDGES FROM EACH SIGNAL THAT LOCK-UP OPERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN MET,
THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL SL OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, CAUSING CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK-UP SOLENOID AND CAUSING
LOCK-UP OPERATION.
3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUIT
IF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK-UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO
TERMINAL STP OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATES AND CONTINUITY TO THE
LOCK-UP SOLENOID IS CUT.
4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT
* O/D MAIN SW ON
WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (SW POINT IS OPEN), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE, AND ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATION CAUSES GEAR SHIFT WHEN THE CONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE ARE
MET.
* O/D MAIN SW OFF
WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED OFF (SW POINT IS CLOSED), THE CURRENT FROM THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT FLOWS
THROUGH THE O/D MAIN SW TO GROUND, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUT
TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATION PREVENTS SHIFT
INTO OVERDRIVE.
5. ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW CIRCUIT
IF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW IS CHANGED FROM NORMAL TO POWER, THE
CURRENT THROUGH THE POWER INDICATOR FLOWS TO GROUND, AND FLOWS TO TERMINAL PWR OF THE ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATES, AND SHIFT UP AND SHIFT DOWN OCCUR AT HIGHER VEHICLE SPEEDS
THAN WHEN THE SW IS IN NORMAL POSITION.
6. TRANSFER SHIFT OPERATION
WHEN THE TRANSFER SHIFT LEVER IS MOVED TO L4 POSITION, A SIGNAL FROM TRANSFER L4 POSITION SW IS INPUT TO THE
TERMINAL L4 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, THEN SHIFT TO L4 OCCURS.
Brought to you by BirfMark
133
Brought to you by BirfMark
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
SERVICE HINTS
E 4 (A) , E 5 (C) , E 6 (B) , E 7 (D) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
STP
: 7.5- 14.0 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED
0- 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL IS RELEASED
TFN -GRD : 0- 3.0 VOLTS WITH THE TRANSFER POSITION AT N POSITION
9.0- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE TRANSFER POSITION AT EXCEPT N POSITION
OD2 -GRD : 0- 3.0 VOLTS WITH THE O/D MAIN SW TURNED ON
9.0- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE O/D MAIN SW TURNED OFF
OD1 -GND : 9.0- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON
SP2+ -SP2- : PULSE GENERATION WITH VEHICLE MOVING
SPD -GND : PULSE GENERATION WITH VEHICLE MOVING
IDL
-GND : 0- 3.0 VOLTS WITH THE THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
9.0- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN
VTA -GND : 3.5- 4.5 VOLTS WITH THE THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
2.5- 3.5 VOLTS WITH THE THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN
2
-GND : 7.5- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT 2 POSITION
0- 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT EXCEPT 2 POSITION
L
-GND : 7.5- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT L POSITION
0- 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT EXCEPT L POSITION
R
-GND : 7.5- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT R POSITION
0- 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT EXCEPT R POSITION
PWR -GND : 7.5- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE PATTERN SELECT SW AT PWR POSITION
0- 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE PATTERN SELECT SW AT NORMAL POSITION
L4
-GND : 7.5- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE TRANSFER POSITION AT L4 POSITION
0- 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE TRANSFER POSITION AT EXCEPT L4 POSITION
E 2 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID
1, 2, 3-GROUND : 11- 15 Ω
E 9 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW
3-6 : CLOSED WITH THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW AT PWR POSITION
O 4 O/D MAIN SW
2-4 : OPEN WITH THE O/D MAIN SW AT ON POSITION
CLOSED WITH THE O/D MAIN SW AT OFF POSITION
134
-GND
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
AND A/T INDICATOR
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A3
22
CODE
E7
SEE PAGE
D
E9
CODE
SEE PAGE
24
J7
25
C12
B
24
26
O4
27
C13
A
24
F6
A
22
P1
23
C17
24
F7
B
22
S13
25
E1
22
F8
C
22
T1
23
E2
22
F11
25
T2
23
E3
22
I12
25
V2
23
J1
25
E4
A
24
E5
C
24
J4
25
E6
B
24
J6
25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
18
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA2
EA3
EB1
30
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR THE DISTRIBUTOR)
30
ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO
NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
32
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
EC1
EC2
ID2
ID3
IH1
IH2
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EB
30
FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
EC
30
AIR INTAKE CHAMBER
ID
32
KEFT KICK PANEL
BF
34
UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E16
E18
I6
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I9
30
ENGINE WIRE
E20
I4
CODE
I11
32
COWL WIRE
32
ENGINE WIRE
I12
32
COWL WIRE
I18
Brought to you by BirfMark
135
Brought to you by BirfMark
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
136
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
AND A/T INDICATOR
Brought to you by BirfMark
137
Brought to you by BirfMark
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
1
2 0A DE FO G
F1 1
FU SE BL O C K
1
10A G A UG E
FR O M PO W E R SO U RCE S YSTEM (SE E PA G E 52 )
3
3
Y
Y
L−O
A
J 1
JUN CTIO N
CO N NE CTO R
Y
Y
A
1
B
J4
JU N CTI O N
C O NNE CTO R
1
1
4
3
2
D EFO G
R ELA Y
B
1
Y
L−Y
1
ID 2
L− Y
17
IF1
2 BR2
11
IF1
Y
L− O
2
6
IG
D
L−O
L− Y
2
2 BS1
L −G
R 5
R EAR W IN DO W
D EFO G G ER S W
E
2 BT1
IF1
1 BU1
W−B
B
4
B
W −B
3
1 A
R1 7 , A
A
, R1 8 B
RE AR W IND O W
DE FO G G ER
J8
JU N CTIO N
C O NNE C TO R
1 B
W−B
B
A
W−B
1
BS2
W−B
2
BT2
W−B
W−B
4
B R1
IE
138
BF
Brought to you by BirfMark
1
BX1
Brought to you by BirfMark
SERVICE HINTS
DEFOG RELAY
(1) 4 - (1) 2 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW ON
R 5 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW
2, 6-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
3-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
F11
25
J1
25
J4
25
CODE
SEE PAGE
J8
R5
R17
CODE
25
R18
SEE PAGE
B
27
25
A
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
1
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID2
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1
32
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
34
LUGGAGE ROOM NO.
NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO.
NO 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
34
BACK DOOR NO
NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO
NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)
36
BACK DOOR NO
NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO
NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
BU1
36
REAR WINDOW NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
BX1
36
REAR WINDOW NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR RIGHT)
BR1
BR2
BS1
BS2
BT1
BT2
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IE
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
BF
34
UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
F 11
J 1
J 4
J 8
(S E E P A G E 2 0 )
A A A
A
A A
B
B
A
A A
B B B B
B
BLUE
A A
A A A A A A A
(H IN T : S E E P AG E 7 )
(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )
R 5
BLACK
R 17
A , R 18
B
(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )
BLAC K
1
2
3
X
6
Brought to you by BirfMark
139
Brought to you by BirfMark
UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING
* 1 : W / POW ER SE AT
* 2 : W /O POW ER SEAT
FROM PO W ER SO URCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 52)
1
1
10 A GAUG E
10A
DOM E
3
2
F11
FUSE B LO C K
Y
L− Y
3
L−Y
3 EA3
J3
J UNCTION
C ONNECTOR
B
A
G
10
5
Y
J1
JUNC TION
CO N NECTO R
A
L−Y
B
C1 0
SEAT BELT W ARNING
LIGHT [CO M B. M ETER]
Y
A
9
5
B
IG
S3
SEAT BELT W AR NING REALY
BUZZER
L− SW
E
1
G
7
W−B
BKL
4
R− B
CTY
8
G
14
ID2
G
I7
ID2
R− B
9
W−B
A
I1 2
UNL OCK
W ARNING SW
[IGNITIO N
SW ]
A
I12
A
J7
JU NCTIO N
CO NNECTO R
A
BF
140
J2
JU NCTIO N
CON NE C TO R
W−B
ID
Brought to you by BirfMark
W−B
3 B c 1 (* 1)
3 B j 1 (* 2)
FRO M DOO R LO CK
CON TROL RELAY
2
10
W −B
R− B
G
1
W −B
1
B8
BUC KLE SW LH
D16
DO OR COURTESY SW
FRONT LH
R− B
2 B c 1 (* 1)
2 B j 1 (* 2)
W−B
3
W −B
R−B
G
I1
IE
Brought to you by BirfMark
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE, THROUGH TERMINAL 5 OF THE SEAT
BELT WARNING RELAY AND TERMINAL 5 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT, TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE BUCKLE SW LH. IF SEAT
BELT IS NOT FASTENED AT THIS TIME (THE BUCKLE SW IS ON), THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE BUCKLE SW LH
TO TERMINAL 2 TO GROUND, LIGHTING UP THE SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT. SIMULTANEOUSLY, A SIGNAL FROM THE BUCKLE SW
LH IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY, AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY FLOWS
THROUGH TERMINAL 1 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY TO GROUND, ACTIVATING THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY AND
SOUNDING SEAT BELT WARNING BUZZER FOR 4 TO 8 SECONDS. IF THE SEAT BELT IS FASTENED (THE BUCKLE SW LH IS OFF)
WHILE THE BUZZER SOUNDS, THE RELAY GROUND IS CUT, THE BUZZER STOP AND THE SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT GOES OFF.
UNLOCK WARNING SYSTEM
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO OFF AND THE DRIVER’S DOOR IS OPENED (THE DOOR COURTESY SW IS ON) WHILE THE
KEY IS STILL INSERTED IN THE KEY CYLINDER (THE UNLOCK WARNING SW IS ON), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE
SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY, ACTIVATING THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY. THIS CAUSES CURRENT FROM THE DOME FUSE TO
FLOW TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, SOUNDING UNLOCK WARNING BUZZER.
SERVICE HINTS
B 8 BUCKLE SW LH
1-2 : OPEN WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE
D16 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH
1-GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
S 3 SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY
1-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
4-GROUND : CONTINUITY UNLESS DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE
5-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
7-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
8-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
9-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
I12 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]
10-9 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
B8
26
I12
25
J7
25
C10
24
J1
25
S3
25
D16
26
J2
25
F11
25
J3
25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
18
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA3
30
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
ID2
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
Bc1
38
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)
Bj1
38
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
IE
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
BF
34
UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I1
32
COWL WIRE
I7
32
COWL WIRE
CODE
I12
Brought to you by BirfMark
SEE PAGE
32
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
141
Brought to you by BirfMark
UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING
142
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
SRS
NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS, perform the operation in accordance with the following
precautionary instructions and the procedure and precautions in the Repair Manual for the applicable model
year.
Malfunction symptoms of the supplemental restraint system are difficult to confirm, so the diagnostic trouble
codes become the most important source of information when troubleshooting.
When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, always inspect the diagnostic trouble codes before
disconnecting the battery.
Work must be started after 90 seconds from the time the Ignition SW is set to the “LOCK” position and the
negative (-) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery.
(The supplemental restraint system is equipped with a back-up power source so that if work is started within
90 seconds of disconnecting the negative (-) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be activated).
When the negative (-) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, memory of the clock and audio systems
will be cancelled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized by each memory system.
When work is finished, reset the clock and audio system as before and adjust the clock.
To avoid erasing the memory of each memory system, never use a back-up power supply from outside the
vehicle.
When removing the steering wheel pad or handling a new steering wheel pad, keep the pad upper surface
facing upward. Also, lock the lock lever of the twin lock type connector at the rear of the pad and take care
not to damage the connector.
(Storing the pad with its metallic surface up may lead to a serious accident if the SRS inflates for some reason.)
Always store a removed or new front passenger airbag assembly with the airbag door facing up. Storing the
airbag assembly with the airbag door facing down could cause a serious accident if the airbag inflates.
Store the steering wheel pad where the ambient temperature remains below 93°C (200°F), without high
humidity and away from electrical noise.
Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing SRS parts, replace them with new parts.
Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly airbag sensor
assembly or front airbag sensors.
Before repairing the body, remove the airbag sensors if during repair shocks are likely to be applied to the
sensors due to vibration of the body or direct tapping with tools or other parts.
Do not reuse a steering wheel pad or front airbag sensors.
After evaluating whether the airbag sensor assembly is damaged or not, decide whether or not to reuse it.
(See the Repair Manual for the method for evaluating the airbag sensor assembly.)
When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, use a high-impedance (Min. 10KΩ/V) tester.
The wire harness of the supplemental restraint system is integrated with the cowl wire harness assembly. The
vehicle wiring harness exclusively for the airbag system is distinguished by corrugated yellow tubing, as are
the connectors.
Do not measure the resistance of the airbag squibs.
(It is possible this will deploy the airbag and is very dangerous.)
If the wire harness used in the supplemental restraint system is damaged, replace the whole wire harness
assembly.
When the connector to the front airbag sensors can be replaced alone (when there is no damage to the wire
harness), use the repair wire specially designed for the purpose.
(Refer to the Repair Manual for the applicable Model year for details of the replacement method.)
INFORMATION LABELS (NOTICES) are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow the
instructions on the notices.
143
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
SRS
The supplemental restraint system has connectors which possess the functions described below:
1. SRS ACTIVATION PREVENTION MECHANISM
Each connector contains a short spring plate. When the
connector is disconnected, the short spring plate
automatically connects the power source and grounding
terminals of the squib to preclude a potential difference
between the terminals.
2. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CHECK MECHANISM
This mechanism is designed to electrically check if
connectors are connected properly and completely.
The electrical connection check mechanism is designed so
that the connection detection pin connects with the
diagnosis terminals when the connector housing lock is in
the locked condition.
144
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
3. CONNECTOR TWIN-LOCK MECHANISM
With this mechanism connectors (male and female
connectors) are locked by two locking devices to increase
connection reliability. If the primary lock is incomplete, ribs
interfere and prevent the secondary lock.
145
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
SRS
1
1
1
7. 5A IG N
15 A C IG
1 0A EC U − B
FROM P OW ER SO UR C E S YS TEM (SEE P AG E 52 )
2
2
2
GR
B−R
F 11
F USE
BLO C K
2
C1 0
SR S W AR NING LIG H T
[C O M B. M E TE R]
B− L
A
J3
JUN CTIO N
CO NN EC TO R
3
W−L
A
2 A
8
A CC
7
LA
TC
11
A 17
A IRB AG SE NSO R ASSEM B LY
D−
1
2
IH1
IH 1
E2
D 1
D ATA LIN K CO N NEC TO R 1
SP IR AL
CAB L E
11
5
TC
AB
BR
2
BR
1
12
6
B− Y
3
B
D+
4
W
P−
1
B− R
P+
2
W−R
E1
5
W−L
A ,S 7
S 6
10
IG 2
1 A
W−L
9
2 B
B− Y
4 A
1 B
B− L
3 A
B
4 B
SH OR T C ON N ECTO R (SRS )
W−L
W−L
3 B
GR
B
A ,S 5
S 4
SH OR T C ON N ECTO R (SRS )
B −W
GR
I6
A1 8
AIR BAG SQ UIB
(FR O NT PASS ENG E R’ S
A IRBA G AS SE M BL Y)
A1 9
AIRB AG SQ UIB
(S TE E RIN G
W HE EL P AD)
BR
2 A
1 A
S 4
A ,S5
B
SHO R T
CO NN EC TO R (SRS )
BR
2 B
W−B
W−B
I12
1 B
BR
ID
IE
146
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THE SRS IS A DRIVER AND PASSENGER PROTECTION DEVICE WHICH HAS A SUPPLEMENTAL ROLE TO THE SEAT BELTS.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC OR ON. THE CURRENT FROM THE CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE AIRBAG
SENSOR ASSEMBLY. ONLY WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON DOES THE CURRENT FROM THE IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 9 OF
THE ASSEMBLY.
IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS WHILE DRIVING, DECELERATION CAUSED BY A FRONTAL IMPACT IS DETECTED BY THE SENSOR IN THE
AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY, AND WHEN THE FRONTAL IMPACT EXCEEDS A SET LEVEL (WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO
THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON, THE FLOOR SENSOR BUILT INTO THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE AIRBAG
SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON), THE CURRENT FROM THE CIG OR THE IGN FUSE FLOWS THROUGH THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY
TO TERMINALS 4 AND 2 OF THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIB → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS
3 AND 1 OF THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → THE FLOOR SENSOR BUILT INTO THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 5,
TERMINAL 6 OR BODY GROUND → GROUND.
WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON, AND FLOOR SENSOR BUILT INTO THE AIRBAG
SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON, ONE OF THE ABOVE-MENTIONED CIRCUITS IS ACTIVATED SO THAT THE CURRENT FLOWS TO THE
AIRBAG SQUIBS, CAUSING IT TO OPERATE.
THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE STEERING WHEEL PAD IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK TO A DRIVER.
SIMULTANEOUSLY, THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE PASSENGER’S INSTRUMENT PANEL IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO
SOFTEN THE SHOCK TO A PASSENGER.
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A17
24
D1
22
S5
B
25
A18
24
F11
25
S6
A
25
A19
24
J3
25
S7
B
25
C10
24
S4
A
25
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
IH1
SEE PAGE
32
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
IE
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I6
SEE PAGE
32
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
147
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
SRS
148
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
MEMO
149
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
CENTER DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
1
1
10A G AU G E
30 A DIFF
FRO M PO W ER SO UR CE SY STE M (SE E PAG E 5 2 )
3
2
* 1 : C EN TE R DIFF. L OC K
* 2 : A /T P
F11
FUS E B L O CK
L−B
B
Y
B
J4
JU N CTIO N
CO NN ECTO R
Y
Y
2
IF1
Y
Y
B
Y
E18
T2
TRAN SFER L 4
PO SIT IO N SW
IH 2
R− L
C
4 EC 1
B− L
7 C
9
24
IH1
B−L
I11
3
B− L 7
P− B
Y− L
2 B
IF1
1
8 C
(* 2)
(* 1 )
9
B
B , C 13
2
B −L
Y
C 1 0 ,AC 11
5 A C O M BIN ATIO N M ETE R
10
B
Y
3 EC 1
7
6
I11
Y−L
P −B
9
L4
C 5
2
E 7
EN G INE C O NTR O L M O D UL E
T 3
TR ANS FER
N EU TR AL
PO S ITI O N SW
1
10
5
W −B
150
A
G−Y
IH 1
1 2 EC 1
7 EC1
1 1 E C1
2
5
3
6
A
I12
W−B
1 0 EC 1
EC
9
G−Y
IH1
G
8
G
IH 1
G−B
16
G−B
IH1
G−R
W−B
1
8 EC1
W−B
E2 2
W −B
W −B
10
G−R
1
4
4
C 1
CE NTER D IFF.
L O CK C O NTR O L
M O TO R
Brought to you by BirfMark
J2
JU N C TIO N
C O NNEC TO R
2
C 2
CE NTER D IFF. L O CK
INDIC AT O R SW
W−B
Y− G
W −B
2
EC 1
W−B
Y−G
G−Y
16
IH 2
2
G
TFN
G−B
21
G−R
2
C EN TER D IFF. L OC K
C O NTR O L RE L AY
B− L
1
Y− G
Y− B
1 E C1
D 28
D IO D E
( N EUT R AL DE TEC TIO N )
IH1
Y− B
3
FRO M A BS EC U
P− B
Y−L
I6
Y
4
7
L− B
A
S1 0
SH O RT PIN
(CE N TER D IFF. LO C K)
P 1
A /T INDIC ATO R S W
[P A RK/N EU TRAL PO SITIO N SW ]
R−L
J1
JU N CTIO N
CO N NECTO R
IH1
Y
6
A
M
IE
ID
Brought to you by BirfMark
SERVICE HINTS
C5 CENTER DIFF. LOCK CONTROL RELAY
3-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
2-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
7-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE CONTROL LEVER AT
L4 POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C1
C2
C5
C10
C11
C13
CODE
22
22
24
24
24
24
A
B
C
SEE PAGE
D28
E7
F11
J1
J2
J4
CODE
24
24
25
25
25
25
SEE PAGE
P1
S10
T2
T3
23
25
23
23
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
EC1
IF1
IH1
IH2
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
30
32
ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
32
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
EC
ID
IE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
30
32
32
AIR INTAKE CHAMBER
LEFT KICK PANEL
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E18
30
ENGINE WIRE
I11
E22
30
TRANSMISSION WIRE
I12
I6
32
COWL WIRE
C 1
C 2
X
2
3
4
5
6
1
C11
2
B
2
1
2
5
X
7
X
COWL WIRE
C10
3
4
9
10
C1 3
X
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
32
C 5
G R AY
B LU E
X
SEE PAGE
A
G R AY
5
E 7
C
7 8
D AR K G R AY
9
X
21
F11
J1
J2
A A A
A A
A A A A A A A
A A A
(S EE P AG E 2 0 )
J4
B LU E
B B
B B B B B
A A A
(HIN T : SE E PA G E 7)
(H IN T : S E E PAG E 7 )
(H INT : SE E PA G E 7)
P 1
X
7
S1 0
G RA Y
4
X
X
X
X
T2
X
7
X
T3
G R AY
G R AY
X
X 10
1
2
Brought to you by BirfMark
1
2
151
Brought to you by BirfMark
FRONT/REAR DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
FR O M PO W E R SO U RC E SYSTEM (SEE P AG E 5 2)
3 0 A D IFF
1
F11
FU S E BL O CK
L− B
2
FR ON T/R EAR
REA R
8
12
2
R−B
1
D 4
D IFF. LO CK
C O NTR OL SW
B− G
L −B
L−B
I2
4
6
R
RF
D 5
D IFF. L O CK EC U
M3
REL 3
REL 4
L −B
L −Y
2 B b1
1 B b1
4 B b1
3 B b1
L−B
L−Y
16
L
14
L
7
L−R
W −B
M4
5
L− G
GND
13
2
3
5
6
M
F1 2
FRO NT DIF F . L O C K
C ONTR O L M O TO R
W−B
4
W −B
W−B
B1
W−B
6 B b1
A
W−B
J8
JU N CTIO N
CO N N ECTO R
A
W−B
A
IE
152
Brought to you by BirfMark
W−B
Brought to you by BirfMark
10A GAUGE
FRO M PO W ER SO UR C E SYSTEM (SEE PAG E 5 2)
Y
F11
FUSE BLOCK
A
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
L−W
A
C10 A
Y
1 C
11
G−O
G
G−B
2
9
C13 C
B
2
15
P−B
G−Y
10
C
G−R
W
3
9
C11 B
COMBINATION METER
FRONT
DIFF.
LOCK
C
10
BR
1
A
P−B
4
5
CENTER
DIFF.
LOCK
C
REAR DIFF.
LOCK
3
I6
G−R
10
ID1
3
ID1
14
ID1
9
I14
ID1
W
G−B
2 BQ1
5 BQ1
G−R
6 BQ1
W−B
2
1
W−B
W−B
Bh2
W−B
2
2
1
EC1
W−B
BR
W−B
10
BG
EC1
1
1
CENTER DIFF. LOCK
B25
Bb1
G−R
Y−W
4
6
5
Bh2
C2
CENTER DIFF. LOCK
INDICATOR SW
5
M
R10
REAR DIFF. LOCK
CONTROL MOTOR
Y−B
6
Y−B
5
3 IH1
W−B
3
BQ1
F13
FRONT DIFF. LOCK
POSITION SW
2
12
W−B
G−Y
Bh2
G−B
3
W
Bh2
G
4
Y−W
Bh2
1
G−L
2 Bh2
ID1
G−Y
G−B
G
G−L
13
R11
REAR DIFF. LOCK
POSITION SW
1 BQ1
P−B
W
G−Y
G
G−O
I5
ID
Brought to you by BirfMark
EC
153
Brought to you by BirfMark
FRONT/REAR DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THIS SYSTEM FREES OR LOCKS THE FRONT AND REAR DIFFERENTIALS ACCORDING TO THE POSITION OF THE DIFF. LOCK
CONTROL SW. THE DIFFERENTIAL WILL LOCK ONLY WHEN THE CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR SW IS ON AND THE VEHICLE
SPEED IS AT 8 KM/H (5 MPH) OR LESS.
WHEN THE CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR SW IS OFF, DIFFERENTIAL LOCK DOES NOT OCCUR EVEN IF THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL
SW IS IN RR POSITION OR FRRR POSITION.
WHEN THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW IS SWITCHED FROM OFF POSITION TO RR POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOW TO TERMINAL 12
OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU. IF THE LIMIT SW ON THE LOCK SIDE INSIDE THE REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR IS ON AT THIS TIME,
UNTIL THE LIMIT SW IS TURNED OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE DIFF FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU →
TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU →
TERMINAL 13 → GROUND. THIS DRIVES THE REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR AND LOCKS THE REAR DIFFERENTIAL. WHEN
THE REAR DIFFERENTIAL LOCKS, THE REAR DIFF. LOCK POSITION SW TURNS ON, LIGHTING UP THE REAR DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR
LIGHT IN THE COMBINATION METER.
WHEN THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW IS SWITCHED FROM RR POSITION TO FRRR POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL
6 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU. IF THE LIMIT SW ON THE LOCK SIDE INSIDE THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR IS ON AT THIS
TIME, UNTIL THE LIMIT SW IS TURNED OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE DIFF FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU
→ TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE DIFF. LOCK
ECU → TERMINAL 13 → GROUND. THIS DRIVES THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR AND LOCKS THE FRONT DIFFERENTIAL.
WHEN THE FRONT DIFFERENTIAL LOCKS, THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK POSITION SW TURNS ON, LIGHTING UP THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK
INDICATOR LIGHT IN THE COMBINATION METER.
WHEN THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW IS SWITCHED FROM FRRR POSITION TO RR POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF
THE DIFF. LOCK ECU IS CUT OFF. IF THE LIMIT SW ON THE FREE SIDE INSIDE THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR IS ON AT
THIS TIME, UNTIL THE LIMIT SW IS TURNED OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE DIFF FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DIFF. LOCK
ECU → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 7 OF THE DIFF.
LOCK ECU → TERMINAL 13 → GROUND. THIS DRIVES THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR AND FREE THE FRONT
DIFFERENTIAL. THIS CAUSES THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK POSITION SW AND THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT INSIDE THE
COMBINATION METER TO TURN OFF.
WHEN THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW IS SWITCHED FROM RR POSITION TO OFF POSITION, CURRENT TO TERMINAL 12 OF THE
DIFF. LOCK ECU IS CUT OFF. IF THE LIMIT SW ON THE FREE SIDE INSIDE THE REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR IS ON, UNTIL THE
LIMIT SW IS TURNED OFF, THE CURRENT FLOW FROM THE DIFF FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU → TERMINAL 1 →
TERMINAL 2 OF THE REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU → TERMINAL 13
→ GROUND. THIS DRIVES THE REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR AND FREES THE REAR DIFFERENTIAL. WHEN THE REAR
DIFFERENTIAL IS FREE, THE REAR DIFF. LOCK POSITION SW AND THE REAR DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT IN THE COMBINATION
METER ARE TURNED OFF.
THE DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT FLASHES WHEN:
∗ THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW IS SWITCHED TO RR POSITION OR FRRR POSITION DURING DIFFERENTIAL LOCK PROHIBITION
CONDITIONS (VEHICLE SPEED ABOVE 8 KM/H (5 MPH) OR CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR SW OFF).
∗ THE DIFF. LOCK POSITION SW IS TURNED OFF DURING OPERATION OF THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR.
SERVICE HINTS
D 4 DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW
4-1 : CLOSED WITH THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW AT “RR” POSITION OR “FRRR” POSITION
4-2 : CLOSED WITH THE DIFF. LOCK SW AT “FRRR” POSITION
D 5 DIFF. LOCK ECU
(DISCONNECTED WIRING CONNECTOR FROM ECU)
13-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
4-GROUND : PULSE GENERATION WITH VEHICLE MOVING
8-GROUND : 9-14 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON
2-GROUND : ABOUT 0 VOLTS WITH THE REAR DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT ON
: 9-14 VOLTS WITH THE REAR DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT OFF
9-GROUND : ABOUT 0 VOLTS WITH THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT ON
: 9-14 VOLTS WITH THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT OFF
15-GROUND : ABOUT 0 VOLTS WITH THE CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT ON
: 9-14 VOLTS WITH THE CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT OFF
F12, R10 FRONT, REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR
2-3 : 0.3-100 154
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C2
22
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
D5
24
J8
25
C10
A
24
F11
25
R10
27
C11
B
24
F12
26
R11
27
C13
C
24
F13
26
24
J1
25
D4
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EC1
30
ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)
ID1
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH1
32
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
BQ1
34
FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
Bb1
36
COWL WIRE AND FRAME WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)
Bh2
36
FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FRAME NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EC
30
AIR INTAKE CHAMBER
ID
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
IE
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
BG
34
LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I2
I5
I6
32
COWL WIRE
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I14
32
COWL WIRE
B1
36
FRAME WIRE
B25
36
FLAME NO. 2 WIRE
Brought to you by BirfMark
155
Brought to you by BirfMark
RADIO AND PLAYER
FRO M PO W E R SO U RC E SY STEM (S EE PAG E 5 2)
1 0A G AUG E
15 A C IG
3
2
GR
1
Y
1
F11
FUSE BL O C K
A
ACC
A
GR
GR
(* 1)
(* 1)
R−B
R−B
(* 1)
(* 1)
Y
II1
8
(* 1)
B
(* 3 )
II2
Y
I9
I9
(* 3 )
14
AM P+
W 6
W O OFER AM PL IFIER
1
II1
W F−
10
B
Y
(* 3)
I1 5
6
2
R L−
RL +
19
ID 1
20
ID 1
17
W F+
R R+
RR−
4
1
5
II1
B2 2
W
R
B1 4
B2 2
B
5 BN 1
6 BN 1
1 BW 1
R
W
R
Y
(* 3 )
W
(* 3)
B2 2
(* 3 )
5 BP 1
6 BP 1
R
B
3 BM 1
W
B1 4
W
Y
(* 3)
W
(* 3 )
L G −B
(* 3)
(* 3 )
LG − R
(* 3 )
W−B
II1
B2 2
R
W−B
18
R
W
(* 3)
W−B
2
1
W 5
W O O FER (S PEAK ER )
ID
156
2
2
1
R 12
R EA R D O OR
S PEAKER LH
BF
Brought to you by BirfMark
2
R
B
1
R 23
R O OF SP EAKER
LH
2 BW1
(* 3 )
(* 3 )
W −B
Y
A
7 BR1
(* 3 )
6 BR 1
( * 3)
A
(* 3 )
J7
JUN C TIO N
CO NNECTO R
(* 1)
W
7
W
I15
Y
GND
(* 3)
(* 3)
R− B
3
+B
(* 1)
W
9
B
I9
B
M
(* 3)
GR
4
B
R
15
R
(* 1)
Y
II1
Y
(* 3 )
R−B
16
R−B
(* 1)
I9
(* 3 )
GR
Y
I1 4
RR +
1 B
R−B
R− B
I14
A
RR −
3 B
R
Y
(* 2)
R−B
J 3
J UN CTION C O NN EC TO R
RL+
2 B
(* 2)
R L−
6 B
W
AM P
B
(* 2)
(* 2)
3
A
B
GR
(* 2)
A
B
A
B
9 A
C1 6
CO O L ING FAN
(R ADIO AND P LA YER)
R3 B
(* 2)
J4
JU NC TIO N
C O NNE CTO R
R 1
RA DIO AND PLAY ER
1
R 24
R O OF S PEA KER
RH
2
1
R1 3
REAR DO O R
SP EAKER R H
R
(* 1)
Brought to you by BirfMark
*1 : SEPARATE TYPE AMPLIFIER
*2 : BUILT−IN TYPE AMPLIFIER
*3 : 9 SPEAKER (W/ CD)
FROM POW ER SOUR CE SYSTEM (SEE PAG E 52)
1
10A
DOM E
3
L−Y
2
3 EA1
R3 B
A
L−Y
R1
RADIO AND PLAYER
B
J3
JUN CTION
CO NNECTO R
B
(* 2 )
L−Y
B
R−B
(* 1)
(* 1)
1
10 A
GR
(* 1)
(* 1)
R−B
R−B
(* 1)
(* 1)
Y
Y
(* 1)
(* 1)
B
B
(* 1)
(* 1)
W
W
(* 1)
(* 1)
R
R
(* 1)
(* 1)
P
(* 1)
L
LG
(* 3)
7 BK1
4
B
LG − R
12
A RL−
M UTE
5
B
5
A RL+
FL+
6
B
11
A RR−
FR+
7
B
4
A RR+
S GND
12
B
8
A FL −
BEEP
13
B
3
A FL +
RL+
14
B
7
A FR−
RR+
15
B
STEREO COM PONE NT
AMPLIFIER
8 B K1
+B
2
A FR+
LG
(* 1)
S11 A , S 12 B
7 BJ1
(* 3)
P
L
8 BJ1
(* 1)
I14
(* 3)
V
(* 3)
I1 4
B−L
3
(* 1 )
4
(* 1 )
ACC
+B
(SHIELD ED)
(* 1)
I10
3
B
1
B AM P+
V
I10
+B ACC
1
A ACC
B
5
(* 1 )
6
G
(* 1 )
7
L
(* 1 )
12
R
(* 1 )
13
W
(* 1 )
14
Y
(* 1 )
15
BR
(* 1 )
M UT E
FL +
FR +
S G ND
BE EP
RL +
RR +
(SHIELDED)
I14
W −B
GR
AM P +
GND
11
B
I10
W −B
R−B
R2
RAD IO AND
PLAYER
(* 1)
4 A
7 A
BR
+B
(* 2)
LG
1 A
GND
L−Y
FR+
(* 2)
L
P
5 A
(* 2)
V
FR−
2 A
(* 2)
6 A
FL +
(* 2)
FL−
11
G ND
GND
BR
1
2
F14
FRONT DOOR
SPEAKER LH
2
1
F9
FRONT
SPEAKER L H
1
2
F15
FRONT DOOR
SPEAKER RH
(* 1)
BR
(* 2)
LG
L
LG
(* 3)
L
(* 3)
P
V
LG
(* 3)
L
(* 3)
9 A
2
1
F10
FRO NT
SPEA KER RH
IE
Brought to you by BirfMark
157
Brought to you by BirfMark
RADIO AND PLAYER
SERVICE HINTS
R 1 (A) RADIO AND PLAYER
(A) 4-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
(A) 3-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
(A) 7-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
S11 (A) STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
(A) 1-GROUND : APPOX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
(A) 10-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
(A) 9-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C16
24
F9
25
F10
25
F11
25
F14
26
F15
26
J3
25
CODE
SEE PAGE
J4
J7
R1
R2
B
SEE PAGE
R23
25
A
R3
CODE
25
27
R24
27
25
S11
A
25
25
S12
B
25
25
W5
27
R12
27
W6
27
R13
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
18
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1
30
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
ID1
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO.
NO 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II1
II2
BJ1
34
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BK1
34
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM1
34
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE)
BN1
34
REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
BP1
34
REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
BR1
34
LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
BW1
36
ROOF NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
IE
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
BF
34
UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I9
I10
I14
158
32
COWL WIRE
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I15
32
COWL WIRE
B14
36
FLOOR WIRE
B22
36
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
159
Brought to you by BirfMark
REAR HEATER
FR O M PO W ER SO UR CE SYSTEM (SE E PAG E 52 )
2 0A R EAR − HTR
10A G A UG E
2
3
Y
1
L−W
F11
FUS E BLO CK
1
B
2
II2
J4
JU N C TIO N
C O N N E CTO R
Y
L− W
B
R4
R EAR H EATER SW
5
II2
L0
HI
1
5
II2
3
2
W−B
L
1
W−B
2
L− B
1
W−B
2
L0
4
3
L− Y
R1 5
RE AR HEA TE R
RE L AY
L− Y
4
HI
L −W
6
L− B
L −W
B21
1
M
R14
R EAR HEA TE R
3
BM1
A
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W−B
W −B
A
BF
160
ID
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
SERVICE HINTS
R 4 REAR HEATER SW
2-1 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON AND REAR HEATER SW AT LO POSITION
4-1 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON AND REAR HEATER SW AT HI POSITION
R15 REAR HEATER RELAY
4-1 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
F11
25
J7
25
R14
27
J4
25
R4
25
R15
27
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II2
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM1
34
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
ID
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
BF
34
UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
B21
SEE PAGE
36
F1 1
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
J 4
J 7
A A A
(S E E P A G E 2 0 )
B B
B B B
A A A A
B L UE
A A
A A A
B B
R 4
BLACK
R14
1 2
4 5
1
2
3
(HIN T : S E E P A G E 7 )
(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )
R15
1
2
3
4
X
6
Brought to you by BirfMark
161
Brought to you by BirfMark
COMBINATION METER
FR OM POW ER SOURCE SY STEM (SEE PAGE 52)
FROM PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SW
F11
FUSE B LOCK
Y
A
,C12 D
5 B
3 C
, C13 C
SPEEDOM ETER
VOLT
OIL
OIL
LEVEL
BULB CHECK
RELAY
3 EA4
R− O
1
R− O
1 EA4
6 EC1
W
(SHIELDED)
2 Ea 1
BR
R− G
E11
3
1 EY1
3 EY1
BR
2
1
2
BR
1 B
V1
VEH ICLE SPEED SENSOR
(CO MBINATION METER)
E12
(SHIELDED)
,O3
O2
BR
B
BR
A
5
1
1 A
N2
NOISE FILTER (OIL
PRESSURE SENDER)
W
BR
W
4 BO 1
E13
1
Ea 1
Y
BF
W −B
BR
BR
162
IH1
P
1
2
F1 8
FUEL SENDER
[FUEL PUM P]
I6
E10
OIL PRESSURE
SENDER
Y−R
4
O1
OIL LEVEL W ARNIN G SW
R
Y
1
4 C
BR
7 IH2
BR
B
1 BO 1
I6
BR
2 BO1
11 B
BR
P
3 EC1
1 C
BR
Y−R
Y −R
1 8 ID2
R
5 ID2
6 A
W
3 B
(SHIELDED)
14 C
Y
6 IH1
11 C
R
DEL AY
R−G
FUEL
FUEL
,C11 B
A
COMBINATION M ETER
Y
C10
L− W
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
5 A
Y
Y
TACHO
A
Y
B−R
A
Y
B
J4
JUNCTION CONNEC TOR
Y
3
B
FROM ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
FROM DIFF. LOCK ECU
10A GAUGE
1
9
EC1
B
3 Ea 1
BR
BR
EC
Brought to you by BirfMark
W−B
B
O ILW
TACO
10
BR
5
A
J2
JU N CT IO N
CO N N E CTO R
2
3
1
1 EC 1
Brought to you by BirfMark
TO SEAT BELT
W A RN IN G R ELA Y
IH 1
6 B
9 A
4 A
10 A
G−Y
O
G
W−B
2 B
Y− R
10 B
TO AB S ECU
2
, C13 C
G −Y
COM BINATION METER
G −B
7 . 5A IG N
FR O M H AZA RD S W
AND TU RN SIG N AL SW
[CO M B. SW ]
2
TUR N R H
TU RN L H
SEAT BEL T
A BS
C RU IS E
M AL FUNC TIO N
IN DICA TO R L A MP
CEN TER
DIFF. L O CK
,C12 D
TO C RU ISE CO N TR O L EC U
1 A
,C11 B
P− B
W ATER
TEM P.
BR AKE
C10 ,A
TO EN G IN E C O NTRO L
M OD UL E
R−B
B− L
F1 1
FUS E BL O CK
J7
JU N CT IO N
C ON NE CTO R
W−B
1
ID2
Y− B
Y− L
A/T O IL
TEM P.
CHAR G E
Y
TO SEN TER D IFF.
L O CK IN DICA TO R S W
9
Y− B
I6
G−R
8 A
Y− L
13 C
G
7 A
BR
R− B
4 EA3
P 4
PA RKIN G BRA K E
SW
R−W
B 1
BR AKE FL U ID
L E VEL W AR NIN G S W
7 B
W 3
W ATER TEM P.
SE NDE R
W −B
E7
E NG INE C O NTR O L
M O DU LE
TO G E NE RATO R
Y− L
Brought to you by BirfMark
FR O M PO W ER SO U R CE SY STEM (S EE PAG E 52)
1
Y
Y
8 B
9 B
1 B
R−B
IH 1
A
A
1
A
BR
W−B
ID
163
Brought to you by BirfMark
COMBINATION METER
FRO M P O W ER S O U RC E SY S TEM (SEE PA G E 5 2)
1
1
1
3
1 0A EC U− B
1 5A
HE AD
(RH )
10 A
DO M E
2
3 E A1
5 EA 2
2
2
G
R −W
2
L −Y
2
F11
FU SE
BL O CK
1 5A T AIL
1
B
B
B
15 C
9 C
10 C
2 A
6 C
H IG H BEA M
R EAR
D IFF. LO C K
FR O N T
D IFF. LO C K
C O M B IN ATIO N M E TE R
5 C
2 C
8 C
3 A
A /T P
C
S RS
B
D , C13
G
R −W
A , C11
C 12
DO O R
12 D
R− L
12 B
7 C
D28
D IO DE
(N EU TR A L DE TECTIO N)
Y− L
Y− L
8 D
C 10
16 C
2˙
STRT
O /D OFF
9 D
B
L− Y
Y
J3
J U N CTIO N
C O N N EC TO R
J 1
J UN C TIO N
CO N NEC TO R
M E TER
ILL U M INA TIO N
Y
B− R
L−Y
B
G
W−L
R−Y
W
G−R
R− W
R− W
P−L
1
16
IH 2
Y−G
W−G
2 E C1
Y− G
TO AIR B AG SEN SO R
ASS EM BL Y
T O L IG HT C ON TRO L S W
[C O M B. SW ]
TO RE AR D IFF. LO C K
PO S ITIO N S W
TO FR ON T D IFF. LO C K
P O SITIO N SW
TO D OO R C O U R TE SY SW
TO ENG IN E CO N TRO L
M O D U LE
TO O/D M A IN
SW
2
TO TR AN SFE R
N EU TR AL
P O SITIO N SW
A
J 5
JUN C T IO N
CO N NE C TO R
A
W−G
W −G
A
R 7
R H EO S TA T
3
2
L
164
Brought to you by BirfMark
E
W−B
Brought to you by BirfMark
G
6
7
IH 1
5
IH 2
4
IH 2
3
O
G −R
B− O
R−W
R −B
IH 2
IH 2
2
IH 2
G −W
G
10 D
11 D
2 D
C10
A , C11
2
P
6 D
, C12 D , C1 3
B
C
A /T IN D IC A TO R
IL L U M IN A TIO N
O
7 D
L
B− O
5 D
D
R−W
3 D
R
R −L
13 D
PW R
4 D
I6
N
R− L
P− B
R−L
R−B
R −L
G
R−L
FR O M E L E C TR O N IC A L LY
C O N TR O L L E D
TR A N SM ISS IO N
PA TT ER N S E L E C T S W
FR O M A/T IN D IC A TO R S W
1 D
W−B
W −G
C O M BIN A TIO N M E TER
J 7
JU NC TIO N
C O N N E C TO R
A
A
W −B
W −G
A
A
W −B
W −B
I12
J 2
J U N C TIO N
C O N N E C TO R
W −B
W −B
IE
ID
Brought to you by BirfMark
165
Brought to you by BirfMark
COMBINATION METER
SERVICE HINTS
B 1 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW
1-2 : CLOSED WITH THE FLOAT DOWN
C10 (A) , C11 (B) , C12 (D) , C13 (C) COMBINATION METER
(C) 16-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
(A) 5, (C) 13-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
(A) 1, (B) 1, (C) 1, (D) 6-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
P 4 PARKING BRAKE SW
1-GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
B1
CODE
SEE PAGE
22
F18
26
CODE
SEE PAGE
O1
23
C10
A
24
J1
25
O2
A
23
C11
B
24
J2
25
O3
B
23
C12
D
24
J3
25
P4
27
C13
C
24
J4
25
R7
25
D28
24
J5
25
V1
23
E7
24
J7
25
W3
23
F11
25
N 2
23
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
18
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1
EA2
30
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
EA4
30
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)
EC1
30
ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)
EY1
30
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE AIR CLEANER)
Ea1
30
TRANSMISSION WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR WIRE (NEAR THE TRANSMISSION)
ID2
32
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
32
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
34
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (BESIDE THE FUEL TANK)
EA3
IH1
IH2
BO1
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EC
30
AIR INTAKE CHAMBER
ID
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
IE
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
BF
34
UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E10
E11
E12
166
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
30
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E13
30
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE
I6
32
COWL WIRE
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
167
Brought to you by BirfMark
AIR CONDITIONING
SYSTEM OUTLINE
1. HEATER BLOWER MOTOR OPERATION
THE CURRENT FLOWS CONSTANTLY FROM THE FL HEATER FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY. WHEN THE IGNITION
SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY,
AND TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE HEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW.
* LOW SPEED OPERATION
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (HEATER CONTROL SW) IS SET TO LO POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE HEATER
CONTROL SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE HEATER RELAY ON. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT TO
TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 →
TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTORS TO OPERATE AT LOW
SPEED.
* HIGH SPEED OPERATION
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (HEATER CONTROL SW) IS SET TO HI POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE HEATER
CONTROL SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE HEATER RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT TO
TERMINAL 5 OF THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL (B) 13 OF THE HEATER CONTROL
SW → TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT TO FLOW
FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 →
TERMINAL 4 OF THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTORS TO
OPERATE AT HIGH SPEED.
* MEDIUM SPEED OPERATION (OPERATION AT M1, M2)
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (HEATER CONTROL SW) IS SET TO M1 POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE HEATER
CONTROL SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE HEATER RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FROM
TERMINAL 5 OF THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL (B) 9 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW →
TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FROM
TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1
OF THE BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 3 →
GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTORS TO OPERATE AT MEDIUM LOW SPEED. WHEN THE BLOWER SW (HEATER CONTROL
SW) IS SET TO M2 POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL (B) 16 →
GROUND, ACTIVATING THE HEATER RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE BLOWER SPEED
CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 8 → TERMINAL (B) 10 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW → TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND,
ACTIVATING THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER
RELAY TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER RESISTOR →
TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER
MOTOR TO OPERATE AT MEDIUM HI SPEED. THE CURRENT TO THE BLOWER MOTORS AT THIS TIME IS STRONGER THAN IT WAS
FOR THE M1 POSITION, SO THE BLOWER MOTORS OPERATES FASTER FOR M2 THAN IT DOES FOR M1.
2. OPERATION AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
(SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC)
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIR INLET CONTROL
SERVO MOTOR. WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE FRESH SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF
THE AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL (A) 18 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW → TERMINAL (B) 16
→ GROUND, THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR TO ROTATE AND THE DAMPER TO MOVE TO THE RECIRC SIDE. WHEN IT IS IN THE RECIRC
POSITION, THE CURRENT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR, AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.
(SWITCHING FROM RECIRC TO FRESH)
WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE RECIRC SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM
TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL (A) 19 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW →
TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR TO ROTATE AND DAMPER TO MOVE TO THE FRESH SIDE. WHEN IT IS IN
THE FRESH POSITION, THE CURRENT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR, AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.
168
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
3. OPERATION OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE AIR VENT MODE
CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE POSITION OF THE MODE SELECTION SW
ON THE CONTROL SW WHICH IS ON. WHEN THE FOOT SW OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW IS TURNED ON WITH THE DEF POSITION,
A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (B) 4 OF THE HEATER
CONTROL SW. AS A RESULT, THE SERVO MOTOR OPERATES UNTIL THE DAMPER REACHES TO DEF POSITION. WHEN THIS
OCCURS, THE SIGNAL TO THE HEATER CONTROL SW IS SHUT OFF AND ROTATION OF THE MOTOR STOPS. SWITCHING TO OTHER
MOVEMENT IS CONTROLLED BY THE SERVO MOTOR ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING SIGNALS:
1. FACE POSITION, A SIGNAL INPUT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (B) 14 OF THE HEATER CONTROL
SW.
2. BI-LEVEL POSITION, A SIGNAL INPUT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (A) 12 OF THE HEATER
CONTROL SW.
3. FOOT POSITION, A SIGNAL INPUT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (A) 7 OF THE HEATER CONTROL
SW.
4. FOOT/DEF POSITION, A SIGNAL INPUT FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (B) 11 OF THE HEATER
CONTROL SW.
4. AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
VOLTAGE IS APPLIED TO TERMINALS 11 AND 12 OF THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER FROM THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL LEVER
INSIDE THE HEATER CONTROL SW AND FROM THE POTENTIOMETER INSIDE THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR. THIS
VOLTAGE IS KEPT AT A FIXED LEVEL BY THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER. WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL LEVER OF THE HEATER
CONTROL SW IS MOVED TO ’COOL’, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO TERMINAL 12 OF THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER FROM TERMINAL (B)
3 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW CHANGES. AT THIS TIME, THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER COMPARES THE VOLTAGE FROM
TERMINAL 2 OF THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR WITH THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO TERMINAL 11 OF THE A/C SYSTEM
AMPLIFIER. THIS ACTIVATES THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER, SO THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE AMPLIFIER TO
TERMINAL 5 OF THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER, AND THE
AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR CHANGES TO THE ’COOL’ SIDE. THEN WHEN THE VOLTAGE FROM THE POTENTIOMETER INSIDE
THE SERVO MOTOR EQUALS THE VOLTAGE FROM THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL LEVER INSIDE THE HEATER CONTROL SW, THE
A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER CUTS OFF POWER TO THE MOTOR. WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL LEVER IS MOVED TO THE ’HOT’
SIDE, THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER OPERATES THE SAME AS FOR ’COOL’ OPERATION, SO THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL
1 OF THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE
A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER, CHANGING THE MOTOR TO THE ’HOT’ SIDE. WHEN THE VOLTAGE OF THE POTENTIOMETER AND VOLTAGE
OF THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL LEVEL ARE THE SAME, POWER TO THE MOTOR IS CUT OFF.
5. AIR CONDITIONING OPERATION
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FROM THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS THROUGH THE THE A/C DUAL PRESSURE
SW TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER. IF THE HEATER CONTROL SW IS THEN TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE
FL HEATER FUSE THROUGH THE A.C. FUSE TO TERMINAL (B) 17 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW. WHEN THE A/C IS TURNED ON,
THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (B) 17 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL (B) 6 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE A/C
AMPLIFIER, ACTIVATING THE A/C AMPLIFIER. THE CURRENT THEN FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER TO TERMINAL
4 OF THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 1 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH → GROUND. THIS CAUSES
THE COMPRESSOR TO START. WHEN THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE IS APPROX. 108C (226F), THE WATER TEMP. SW
(A/C) IS TURNED ON AND THE A/C CUT RELAY IS ACTIVATED. THIS TURNS THE COMPRESSOR OFF AND STOPS THE AIR
CONDITIONING. THE AIR CONDITIONING ALSO TURNS OFF, IF A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER THAT THE AIR OUTLET
TEMPERATURE IS LOW (BELOW APPROX. 3C) OR THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE IS ABNORMALLY LOW.
Brought to you by BirfMark
169
Brought to you by BirfMark
AIR CONDITIONING
FROM POW ER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 52)
Y
1
1
3
W−G
J4
JUNC TION
CO N NECTOR
B
B
Y
Y
2
Y
F1 1
FUSE BLO CK
1 0A GAUGE
40A FL HEATER
L− Y
B
A
Y
B
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
Y
I12
1
1
3
4
1
I8
2
1
W −B
Y
Y
L−Y
L−B
L−Y
I3
1
M
2
L−R
L− R
L−R
I14
W
1
4
L− B
B
3
2
L−B
L−R
W−B
I14
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B4
BLOW ER RESISTOR
L −R
2
B2
B LOW ER MOTO R
(A/C)
L− Y
L− Y
M
L− R
B3
B LOW ER MOTO R
(HEATER)
1
A
A
Y
1
L−Y
1
I14
Y
HEATE R
RELAY
5
Y
Y
Y
A
L −B
B−L
4
2
1
5 R−L
1
IG1
7 L−R
2
IG1
W
6 W−Y
4
IG1
B
6
IG1
L−R
R
W −B
10
IG1
A
A
W−B
M1
HI
3
W −B
B5
BLOW ER SPEED
CO NTROL RELAY
8
I12
J8
JUNCTION
C O NNECTOR
3 IG1
M2
9 IG1
W− B
8 IG1
B−W
Y
L−Y
W −B
W −B
ID
170
IE
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
Y
Y
L−Y
L−Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
I8
Y
Y
Y
G
B−Y
G− B
B
W
W
L−B
L−B
B
B
L −R
L− R
B−O
G −R
Y−R
G
B−Y
G− B
Y−B
1
2
3
Y−G
W−G
4
5
W ARM
6
1
7
2
5
10
11
12
A10
A/C S YSTEM AM PLIFIER
9
CO OL
M
W−B
W −B
J7
JU NCTION
CO NNECTO R
A
A W −B
A15
AIR MIX CO NTRO L
SERVO M OTO R
ID
Brought to you by BirfMark
171
Brought to you by BirfMark
AIR CONDITIONING
Y
Y
L−Y
L− Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
G R− G
L −W
L
Y−R
Y− G
G−W
G
B− Y
L
G −B
G−B
I8
B
B
R− L
W
W−L
L−B
G R− R
B
LG − R
L− R
LG−B
B− O
G −R
Y− B
L−R
B
L −B
W
G R− G
L−W
L
1
5
1
3
6
16
7
8
LG−B
G−W
6
L G −R
G
4
G R− R
B −Y
2
W −L
G−B
3
R −L
B −O
7
L
G −R
5
Y −G
Y −B
8
Y− R
W −G
W −G
15
2
11
12
4
9
14
13
S 8
S H O RT C O N NE C TO R (A/C )
S 9
SH O R T CO NN EC TO R (A /C)
172
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
Y
Y
L− Y
L− Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
GR− G
GR−G
L− W
L
Y−R
Y− G
G −W
G− W
L
W−L
G R−R
G R− R
L G−R
LG − R
LG− B
LG −B
L
W −L
Y−G
R−L
Y− R
R −L
Y
B
Y
B
L
G−B
L −W
G −B
2
3
1
9 A
1 A
9 B
10 B
FRESH
M
RECIRC
A14
AIR INL ET C ONTRO L
SERVO MO TOR
G
13
A
FR OM " TAIL" FUSE
TO RH EOSTAT
W−G
LO
3
A
M1
M2
BL OW ER SW
H 10 A , H11 B
HEATER CONTROL SW AND A/C SW
Brought to you by BirfMark
173
Brought to you by BirfMark
AIR CONDITIONING
Y
Y
L− Y
L−Y
Y
Y
GR− G
GR− G
G −W
G −R
V
G−B
V−G
B
R−L
L G−B
13 B
V−G
LG− B
V
LG −R
G −R
G R− R
LG−R
B
GR−R
G− W
W−L
G −B
W −L
1 B
3 B
2 B
14 A
12 A
7 A
TEM P.
ACE
BL
HI
BLOW ER SW
TEM PERATURE CO NTROL LEVER
,
H10 A
MO DE S EL ECT ON SW
H11 B
HEATER CONTRO L SW AND A/C SW
174
Brought to you by BirfMark
FOO T
Brought to you by BirfMark
Y
Y
L− Y
10 A A. C
1
F11
FUSE BLOCK
2
Y
Y
GR−G
GR− G
G− R
G −R
V
V
V− G
V−G
W −R
LG
W −B
W−L
GR−R
LG−R
W −B
LG− B
19 A
16 B
FR C
L G− R
18 A
REC
W −B
8 A
FR C
L−R
17 B
REC
GR −R
18 B
OFF
6 B
OFF
ON
W −L
4 B
OFF
ON
LG
11 B
ON
W −R
LG −B
F/D
DEF
M ODE S EL ECTION SW
A/C SW
RECIRC/FRESH SW
H 11 B
H 10 A
HEATER CONTROL SW AND A/C SW
Brought to you by BirfMark
175
Brought to you by BirfMark
AIR CONDITIONING
Y
Y
Y
GR− G
G R−G
G −R
V
V−G
W −R
LG
J7
JUNCTIO N
CONNEC TOR
W −R
V−G
V
G−R
W −B
I11
LG
W −B
Y
W −B
5
7
4
3
2
1
M
A
A
W −B
6
W −B
A
DEF F/D
FO OT B/L
FACE DEF
F/D
A16
AIR VENT M ODE CON TROL SERVO M OTOR
ID
176
Brought to you by BirfMark
FOO T B/L
FACE
Brought to you by BirfMark
7
8
9
R−G
R−G
B
3
W−L
2
L−Y
5
Y−L
A 9
A /C A M PL IF IE R
6
4
I17
IG 2
4
2
3
1
R−G
11
W−L
IG 2
W−L
20
G R− G
B− R
IG 2
GR
I17
17
R− B
Y
2
1
R−B
I17
R−B
10
IG 2
2
IG 2
IG 2
W −B
1
IG 2
G− Y
9
W −B
4
B−W
A 2
A /C D U A L PR E SS U RE S W
I13
W −B
1
9 EA1
17
IH 2
A
B− W
J 8
J U N C TIO N
C O N N E C TO R
G −Y
2 EY1
A
1
W−B
B−W
1
A 1
A/C M A G N E TIC
C LU TCH
W 4
W ATE R TEM P . S W
(A /C )
2
W−B
L−R
Y−R
L
P−L
6 EA 1
B−R
12 EA1
A 11
A /C TH E R M IS TO R
IH 1
FR O M P A R K/N EU T R AL
PO S ITIO N SW
15
E 8
EN G IN E C O O LA N T
TE M P. C U T R E L AY
Y
Y−R
G R− G
EC
Brought to you by BirfMark
IE
177
Brought to you by BirfMark
AIR CONDITIONING
SERVICE HINTS
A 1 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH
1-GROUND : APPROX. 3.8 A 2 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW
1-4 : OPEN WITH THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE AT LESS THAN APPROX. 2.1 KG/CM (30 PSI, 206 KPA)
OR MORE THAN APPROX. 27 KG/CM (38 PSI, 2684 KPA)
A11 A/C THERMISTOR
2-1 : APPROX. 1.5 K 25°C (77°F)
B 4 BLOWER RESISTOR
1-4 : 2.0 1-2 : 0.88 1-3 : 0.32 H10 (A) , H11 (B) HEATER CONTROL SW AND A/C SW
(A) 1 (A) 9-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
(A) 1-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE HEATER CONTROL SW AT LOW POSITION
(B) 9-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE HEATER CONTROL SW AT MEDIUM LOW POSITION
(B) 10-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE HEATER CONTROL SW AT MEDIUM HIGH POSITION
(B) 13-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE HEATER CONTROL SW AT HIGH POSITION
(A) 18-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE RECIRC SW AT ON POSITION
(A) 19-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FRESH SW AT ON POSITION
(A) 14-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FACE SW AT ON POSITION
(A) 12-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE B/L SW AT ON POSITION
(A) 7-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FOOT SW AT ON POSITION
(B) 4-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE DEF SW AT ON POSITION
(B) 11-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FOOT/DEF SW AT ON POSITION
(A) 1, (B) 18-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE A/C SW AT ON POSITION
(A) 8, (B) 16-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A1
A2
A9
A10
A11
A14
A15
A16
22
22
24
24
24
24
24
24
CODE
SEE PAGE
B2
B3
B4
B5
E8
F11
H10
H11
A
B
CODE
24
24
24
24
24
25
25
25
J1
J2
J4
J7
J8
S8
S9
W4
SEE PAGE
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
23
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
20
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA1
EY1
IG1
IG2
IH1
IH2
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
30
30
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE AIR CLEANER)
32
COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
32
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
EC
ID
IE
SEE PAGE
30
32
32
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
AIR INTAKE CHAMBER
LEFT KICK PANEL
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I3
I8
I11
CODE
I13
32
COWL WIRE
I14
I17
SEE PAGE
32
COWL WIRE
32
A/C SUB WIRE
I12
178
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
179
Brought to you by BirfMark
GROUND POINT
W−B
HE ADLIG HT L O L H
W−B
W−B
HE ADLIG HT L O RH
E3
W−B
E5
W−B
W−B
W −B
CE NTER D IFF. L OC K
INDICATO R SW
W−B
CE NTER D IFF. L OC K
CO N TRO L M O TO R
W−B
E22
3
Ea 1
W −B
10
EC1
EB
W −B
9
EC 1
BR
4
W−B
E17
W −B
O IL L EVEL W AR NING
SW
W −B
W ATER TEM P. SW
(A/C)
IH1
I14
B R− B
HEATED O XYGEN S ENSOR
(BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
B R− B
HEATED O XYGEN S ENSOR
(BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
B R− B
E17
(E1)
E NG IN E C O NTROL
M ODU LE
(E1)
D ATA L INK
C ON NEC TO R 1
BR
NO ISE FILTER
(IG NITIO N SY STE M )
E17
BR
W−B
( SG )
W−B
E17
W−B
BR
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
(COMBINATION M ETER)
DA TA LINK
CO N NECTO R 3
EA
W−B
W−B
W −B
E4
W−B
TR ANSFER NEU TRA L
PO SITIO N SW
E FI M AIN R ELAY
2
E1
W−B
FR O NT TURN SIG NAL
L IGHT R H
FR O NT TU RN SIG NAL
L IGHT L H
BR
W −B
PA RKING L IG HT RH
P ARKIN G L IG HT LH
W −B
J
W−B
FR O NT D IFF. L O CK
CO N TRO L M O TO R
B1
BR
I15
W− B
J8
J UN C TIO N
C O NN ECTO R
W−B
BR
W−B
RE AR W IN DO W
DE FO GG ER SW
W−B
I16
W −B
A
A
I14
4
IF1
W −B
A
W −B
I13
S 4
W−B
(G ND2 )
I3
I12
DO O R KEY LO C K AN D
UN LO CK SW RH
W−B
DO O R L OCK CO NTR OL
SW RH
W−B
DOOR UNLOCK
DETECTION SW FRONT RH
9
IG 2
1
IG 2
GR
R −B
A ,S 5
I17
R − B A /C AM P LIFIER
R−B
B
BR
1
B
1
A
BR
A /C TH ERM IS TO R
(E1)
(E2)
AIRBAG
SENSOR
ASSEMBLY
W −B
I12
BR
BR
W −B
BR
BR
W −B
10
IG1
W−B
(G ND1 )
B6
W−B
SHO RT CONNECTO R (SRS)
2
2
BR
BR
B
A
EN GINE CO N TRO L
M ODU LE
AB S EC U
W−B
W−B
A
I16
W−B
BL O W ER SPE ED
CO N TRO L RE LAY
(E03 )
W −B
W−B
HA ZARD SW
W −B
W−B
AU TO AN TEN NA
CO N TRO L SW
W− B
11
BK1
W−B
I14
W−B
CL O CK
E NG IN E C O NTROL
M ODU LE
A
W−B
G L OVE BO X L IGH T SW
(E02 )
A
W−B
BL O W ER RESISTOR
RAD IO AN D P LAYE R
BR
BR
IE
180
BR
I18
EC
FR O NT W IPER M O TO R
(E01 )
A
W −B
W−B
DIFF. L O CK ECU
BR
A
6
Bb 1
W−B
BR −B
FR O NT D IFF. L O CK
PO SITIO N SW
W−B
W−B
W−B
B R− B
EC
IE
Brought to you by BirfMark
S TER EO C OM PO NENT
A M PLIFIER
Brought to you by BirfMark
W− B
(E)
W−B
I11
A
3
EY 1
BR
BR
E12
(SH IE LD ED )
W−B
A
1 EA 4
A/T IND ICA TO R
[C O M B. M ETER ]
W −B
A
IG NITIO N KEY
CY L IN D E R L IG H T
W −B
A
A
W−B
W −B
W −B
W−B
B2
BR
KE Y IN TER L O CK
SO LEN O ID
[IG NITIO N SW ]
W−B
B2
BR
W −B
(E P)
W −B
11
BJ1
W− B
W−B
W− B
CIG A R ETTE LIG HTER
W−B
B2
CO O L IN G FAN
(R AD IO A ND P LA YER )
BR
E13
BR
E10
W− B
A/C S Y STE M
AM PL IFIE R
CO M B IN A TIO N
M ETE R
I11
W− B
AIR V E NT M O D E
CO N TR O L S ER VO M O TO R
W−B
E11
W−B
B2
W −B
J2
JU NC TIO N
CO NN E CTO R
A W−B
A
I3
W −B
RE AR HE A TE R S W
W− B
LIGHT CONTROL SW
[COMB. SW]
W− B
DO O R K EY LO CK AN D
UN L O C K SW L H
W−B
DOOR UNLOCK
DETECTION SW FRONT LH
1
P O W ER RE L AY
1
HE A TER R EL A Y
A
W−B
B RA KE FL U ID L EV EL
W AR N IN G SW
W −B
A
A
W−B
S EAT BE LT W AR N IN G
RE L AY
A
W−B
CR U ISE CO NTRO L
A CTUA TO R
A
W−B
CE N TE R D IFF. L O C K
CO NTR O L RE LA Y
W−B
A
A
W−B
W−B
I2
RE M O TE CO NTR O L
M IR R O R SW
I6
W−B
BR
A
W−B
I3
CR U ISE C O N TRO L E CU
BR
IE1
B9
W −B
BR
B9
W −B
W −B
W −B
W −B
B9
W−B
B8
B8
W −B
W−B
W−B
M OO N R O O F C O NTR O L
S W A ND PE R S O NA L
L IGH T
W−B
W−B
W−B
W−B
W−B
M OO N R O O F M O TO R
M OO N R O O F L IM IT SW
V AN ITY L IG H T LH
M OO N R O O F C O NTR O L
RE L AY
V AN ITY L IG H T RH
W−B
BR
W−B
W−B
E23
BR
AB S AC TU ATO R
FL ASH R EL AY
I12
W−B
W−B
AB S R EL A Y
D ATA LIN K
C O NN E CTO R 3
1
I5
6
CR U ISE C O N TRO L S W
[C O M B. S W ]
W −B
W −B
A
BR
(C G )
I6
BR
(ET)
PO W ER W IN DO W
M A STE R S W
A
W −B
CO M B IN A TIO N
M ETE R
(E2 )
W −B
A
(E S)
(E)
RH E O STAT
I7
DIM M E R S W
[C O M B. S W ]
DO O R L OC K C O N TR O L
RE L AY
W−B
A
W− B
FR O NT/REA R W IPER
AND W ASHER S W
[CO M B. SW ]
NO ISE FIL TER
(O IL PR ES SU R E
S EN DE R )
W−B
I11
UN L O CK W AR N IN G SW
[IG NITIO N SW ]
O IL P RE S SU R E SE ND E R
BR
HE ATE R CO NTR O L
SW AN D A /C SW
J7
JU NC TIO N
C O NN EC TO R
A
(SH IEL D ED )
W− B
(G N D)
W−B
ID
ID
Brought to you by BirfMark
181
Brought to you by BirfMark
J
GROUND POINT
1
REAR W IN D OW
DEFO G G ER (− )
3
BL1
W−B
W−B
HIGH M O U NTE D S TO P
LIGH T
W−B
POWER SEAT CONTROL
SW (PASSENGER’S SEAT)
W−B
B20
B X1
2
BT2
W−B
W−B
B28
W O O FE R AM P L IFIER
W−B
W−B
B27
(−S)
B19
W−B
REAR W IPE R M O TO R
W−B
BACK D O O R
COU R TE SY SW
W−B
W−B
(E)
3 BM1
W−B
W−B
1 BS2
REA R HE ATER RE L AY
W −B
4 B R1
W−B
FUEL PU M P
5
B O1
W−B
B17
W−B
B16
W−B
ABS DE CEL ER ATION
SENS O R
B13
4
W−B
B13
B O1
FUEL SE ND ER
O/D M AIN SW
W−B
W−B
W−B
B13
SHIFT LO C K ECU
PO W E R SE AT CO N TRO L
SW (D R IV ER’ S S EAT)
W−B
B35
W−B
17
W−B
BQ1
6
W−B
B1
Bh2
W−B
W−B
W−B
B 1
1
BV1
W−B
W −B
W−B
W−B
W−B
B31
LICENSE PL ATE
LIGHT
REAR COMBINATION
LIGHT RH
W−B
W −B
W −B
B1
W−B
(W/ POWER SEAT) 3
(W/O POWER SEAT) 3
REA R DIFF. L O CK
CO N TRO L M OTO R
REA R CO M B IN ATIO N
LIGHT LH
B31
BUCK LE SW L H
REAR DIFF. LOCK
POSITION SW
BF
BG
A A A
A A A A A
A A
A A
A A A
A A A A A
S4
J 8 BLUE
J 7 BLUE
J 2 BLUE
A A
A A
A A A
A A A A A
A
YELLOW
S5
A A
A A
1
(HINT: SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT: SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT: SEE PAGE 7)
2
182
5
Brought to you by BirfMark
1
2
YELLOW
Brought to you by BirfMark
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
J2
J7
25
25
CODE
SEE PAGE
J8
S4
A
CODE
25
25
S5
SEE PAGE
B
25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
2
SEE PAGE
20
18
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF THE FENDER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA4
EC1
EY1
Ea1
IE1
IF1
IG1
IG2
IH1
BJ1
BK1
BM1
BO1
BQ1
BR1
BS2
BT2
BV1
BX1
Bb1
Bc1
Bh2
Bj1
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
30
30
30
30
32
32
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)
ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE AIR CLEANER)
TRANSMISSION WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR WIRE (NEAR THE TRANSMISSION)
ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
32
COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
32
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
36
36
36
36
38
36
38
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE)
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (BESIDE THE FUEL TANK)
FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE (UNDER THE LOWER BACK PANEL)
REAR WINDOW NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR RIGHT)
COWL WIRE AND FRAME WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)
FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FRAME NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
EA
EB
EC
ID
IE
BF
BG
SEE PAGE
30
30
30
32
32
34
34
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER
FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
AIR INTAKE CHAMBER
LEFT KICK PANEL
RIGHT KICK PANEL
UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX
LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E1
E3
E4
E5
E10
E11
E12
E13
E17
E22
E23
I2
I3
I5
I6
I7
I11
I12
I13
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
30
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE
30
30
30
ENGINE WIRE
TRANSMISSION WIRE
32
COWL WIRE
CODE
I14
I15
I16
I17
I18
B1
B2
B6
B8
B9
B13
B16
B17
B19
B20
B27
B28
B31
B35
Brought to you by BirfMark
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
32
COWL WIRE
32
32
32
36
36
36
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
A/C SUB WIRE
ENGINE WIRE
FRAME WIRE
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
36
ROOF WIRE
36
FLOOR WIRE
36
FLOOR NO.
NO 2 WIRE
36
36
36
38
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE
BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE
FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE
SEAT NO. 1 WIRE
183
Brought to you by BirfMark
K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
184
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K
185
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
186
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
1 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
Power Source
Starting
Ignition
1
Charging
11 AM2
IG2 6
B- R
B- R
B- R
B- R
FUSIBLE LINK
IG1
F11
FUSE
BLOCK
C11 B BLUE
ST1 1
F6 A
,F8 C
I3
IGNITION COIL
1 EA2
3 EA2
B
I12
IGNITION SW
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
2
1
B- L
B- R
13 C
F 7 B GRAY
21 IH1
1
EX
IGF
IGT
NE
G1
G2
G-
4
1
2
1
2
3
4
2
G 1 A GRAY
1
2
7. 5A
CHARGE
3
2
B- G
B- R
1
L
G
R
W
B- G
13 IH2
GENERATOR
2
15 IH1
B ,S2
STARTER
A
EC
A , G2
GENERATOR
1
W- B
S1
W
G1
S2 A
4 IH1
BATTERY
B
1 A
L
S 1 B BLACK
B- L
STARTER
W- B
2
1
Y- L
C
1 B
N1
NOISE FILTER
(Ignition System)
G2 B
To Engine Control
Module<2- 5><2- 6>
To Engine Control Module
<2- 5>
1
1
A
B
B
To A/C
Amplifier
<23- 8>
To Engine
Control
Module
<2- 8>
B- R
B , F8
FL AM2 0. 3P
FL AM1 1. 25B
FL MAIN 2. 0L
A ,F7
B- R
B- R
B- R
B- R
F6
1 B
FUSIBLE LINK
B- L
1 A
14 IH2
B- Y
2
B- Y
4
1 C
B- R
To Combination
Meter<22- 6>
3
C
Y- L
W- R
W
B
N
2
5 EA1
7 B
4 EA1
D2
DISTRIBUTOR
5
P
5
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Y- L
P1
PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SW
2
I2
IGNITER
3
6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
B- W
1
CHARGE WARNING
LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
8
EA2
B- W
50A
AM1
C11 B , C13 C
C13 C
2
B- W
To Engine
Control Module
<2- 8>
2
1
B- L
B
B- R
B- W
W
B- W
2
B- L
6 EA2
7. 5A IGN
W- R
B
4 AM1
1
CHARGE WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
ACC
B
4
3
2
B
IG A
S A
B B
2
3
1
1
Air intake chamber
K
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
(Cont. next page )
2 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
Power Source
Engine Control
1
3
2
W
2
EA2
R- Y
4
R- Y
E 4 A DARK GRAY
B- Y
ST1
B- R
1
3
1 2 3 4 5 6
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
7 8 9 10 11 12
C10 A , C11 B
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
[COMB. METER]
5
A
Y
6
B
Y- R
B- L
B- L
Y- R
Y
14 IH1
R
2
R
Y- R
Y
2
4
R
F4
FUEL PUMP
RELAY
FUSIBLE LINK
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6
5
W
2
R- B
Y- R
B- R
F
1
2
1
1
Y- L
Y
W- G
W- R
Y- R
Y
IE
EC
W
Air intake
chamber
I
2
W- L
Right
kick
panel
H
B- R
2
I9
INJECTOR NO. 6
I8
INJECTOR NO. 5
I7
INJECTOR NO. 4
I6
INJECTOR NO. 3
1
B- R
B- R
B- R
B- R
W- L
(SHIELDED)
Brought to you by BirfMark
1
2
8 IH2
BR
ID
1
2
G
B- R
W- R
A
W- B
BF
Left
kick
panel
2
B- R
W- G
W- B
W- B
W- B
Under the center
console box
A
A
BR
5 BO1
W
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
A
W- B
BR
EB
2
W- B
6
1
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Front side of
left fender
SDL
M
F5
FUEL PUMP
RESISTOR
R- W
SG
5
J8
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
C
E 7 D DARK GRAY
CG
4
W- B
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
3
J2
JUNCTION
F18
CONNECTOR
FUEL PUMP
[FUEL SENDER]
R- G
W- B
B ,F8
2
BAT
3 BO1
I5
INJECTOR NO. 2
R- B
1
R- W
A ,F7
R- B
D3
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR 3
16
B- R
B- R
1
I4
INJECTOR NO. 1
F6
FL AM2 0. 3P
FL AM1 1. 25B
FL MAIN 2. 0L
FUSIBLE LINK
R- G
B- L
3
Y- L
F 7 B GRAY
BATTERY
R- W
W- R
13 ID2
1
1 B
17
IH1
R- W
,F8 C
2
E
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
W- R
B- R
1 A
D
C11 B BLUE
R- W
R- G
3
Y- R
C8
CIRCUIT
OPENING
RELAY
Y- R
F6 A
C
1
B- R
7 EA2
4
MALFUNCTION
INDICATOR LAMP
[COMB. METER]
C10 A GRAY
Y- L
W
2
1 EB1
2
1 C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
B- L
4
W- R
W
W
2
2
Y
F11
FUSE
BLOCK
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
B- R
1
2
3
EFI MAIN
RELAY
50A AM1
15A EFI
1
E 6 B DARK GRAY
2
BR
2
E 5 C DARK GRAY
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
2
2
B- R
2
B
2
Y- R
3 EA2
2
2
1
15A OBD
R- Y
I12
IGNITION SW
7. 5A IGN
B- R
R- Y
W- R
6 EA2
IG2 6
1
10A GAUGE
B
R- Y
W
3 EA3
B
W
IG1 2
1
11 AM2
A
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
ACC
4 AM1
Y- R
R- Y
Brought to you by BirfMark
2 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON(Cont’ d)
Engine Control
5
A YR
B R-Y
7
A
(SHIELDED)
Y-R
(SHIELDED)
HT2 OX2
1
3
4
7 B 13 C
HT2 OX2
BR-B
2
4
+B E1
HT OX
1
3
L
4A 6A 5A 7A
ISC4 ISC2 ISC3 ISC1
GR
H5
HEATEDOXYGENSENSOR
(Bank1Sensor1)
G-Y
21 A
FPU
2
4
+B E1
W
6
BR-B
O
H6
HEATEDOXYGENSENSOR
(Bank1Sensor2)
R-G
Y-R
22 A
EGR
1
R-B
14 C
KNK2
3
Y-L
6C
KNK1
5
3 EZ1
L-W
4B 5B
NE2- NE2+
3 D 12 D 1 D 4 D 2 D 17 A 23 A 12 B 11 B 10 B 6 B
MRLY +B IGSW W BATT IGF IGT NE G1 G2 G-
2
1
Y
B
L
(SHIELDED)
Y-R
2
2
4 EZ1
(SHIELDED)
Y-R
I1
IDLEAIRCONTROLVALVE
V4
VSV(Fuel PressureControl)
B
B
LR
1
Y-R
YR
1 EZ1
V3
VSV(EGR)
K1
KNOCKSENSOR1
1
BR
L
G
R
W
B-G
B-Y
R-Y
Y-R
Y
B-L
L
W-B
2 EZ1
Y
NE
1
(SHIELDED)
L-W
NE2
Y-R
W-B
L
D B-L
Y-R 8
Y-R
1
K2
KNOCK
SENSOR2
C3
CRANKSHAFT
POSITION
3 SENSOR
NE2
W-B
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
FromIgniter
<1-2>
Y
C Y-R
A A A
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
Y-R
From
Distributo
r
<1-2>
<1-3>
A
Y-R
Y-R
J9
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A A
22 IH1
E Y
F R
6
YR
1B 5C
HT1 OX1
E4 A , E5 C , E6 B , E7 D ENGINECONTROLMODULE
FC FPR #60 #50 #40 #30 #20 #10 SDL
14 A 13 D 15 A 1 A 2 A 25 A 11 A 12 A 6 D
B-W
B-R
Y-L
FromIgnitionSW
<1-1>
FromPark/Neutral
PositionSW<1-1>
T1
THROTTLE
POSITION
SENSOR
BR-B BR-B
4
VC
ToCombination
Meter<22-6>
BR-B
E1
3
Y-R
BR-B
2
3
IDL VTA
BR
1
E2
R-W
FromCruiseControl
ECU<11-2>
BR-B
BR-B
8 12
TE1 +B
B
BR-B
BR
G-W
1
STP L4 AC SPD TACO OILW STA NSW
14 D 9 D 7 D 8 D 10 D 5 D 11 D 22 D
Y-R
L-W
ToSpeedometer
[Comb. Meter]<22-5>
FromEngineCoolant
B-W
Temp. Cut Relay
<23-8>
B-L
FromTransferL4
PositionSW<20-3>
G-W
FromStopLight SW
<17-3>
D1
DATALINK
CONNECTOR1
G-O
BR
BR
BR
G-W
R-G
G-W
BR-B
G-B
R-W
A3
A/TFLUIDTEMP. SENSOR
R-W
G-Y
2
BR-B
G-Y
E3
ENGINECOOLANT
TEMP. SENSOR
2
1 BR-B
BR-B
3
5
2
1 THA E21 VG
+B
E2
4 M1
MASSAIRFLOW
METER
BR-B
E1
EGRGASTEMP SENSOR
1
2 BR-B
J Y-L
Y-R
K
L Y
M W-G
N W-R
O W-L
P W
E2 THG THW OIL IDL VTA VCC E03 E02 E01 E1 TE1
9 C 19 A 4 C 12 C 11 C 10 C 1 C 16 A 26 A 13 A 24 A 7 C
G
BR
L-Y
W
W-L
W-R
W-G
Y
Y-R
Y-L
G R-W
H W-R
I Y-R
THA E21 VG
3 C 16 C 2 C
BR-B
BR-B
W-B
EC Air intakechamber
K
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
3 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
Power
Source
Light Auto
Turn Off
Shift Lock
1
Headlight
4
3
2
W
W
W
ACC 3
4 AM1
IG1 2
2
3 EA3
B- Y
1
10A ECU- B
15A CIG
15A ECU- IG
I12
IGNITION SW
1
1
3
F11
FUSE
BLOCK
2
R- W
R- Y
R- W
2
P
G- B
LOW
HIGH
R- Y
W- B
9
12
4 EA2
W- B
R- Y
ID
EB
R- Y
R- Y
W- B
W- B
W- B
W- B
W- B
A
Left kick
panel
Brought to you by BirfMark
R- Y
FLASH
W- B
Under the center
console box
5
W- B
HEAD
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
BF
C13
HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
14
OFF
11
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
Left kick
panel
R- Y
2
A
ID
W- B
13
TAIL
A
A
6
C14
COMBINATION SW
LIGHT
DIMMER SW
CONTROL SW
5
R- Y
2 L- R
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID
8
BATTERY
W- B
1
R- W
L
11 ID2
7
T
2
L- R
B
I12
KEY INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
[IGNITION SW]
H
3
From TAIL Relay
<4- 2>
FUSIBLE
LINK
TRLY
8
To Door Courtesy SW
Front LH<6- 3>
A ,F8
G- B
FL AM1 1. 25B
FL MAIN 2. 0L
4
F6
E
5
B- L
KLS+
2
R
SLS-
1 A
DCTY
G
B- O
SLS+
1
G- W 1
R- B
B- L
W
1 B
P2
2
R- W
1
H2
HEADLIGHT HI RH
1
R- W
1
H4
HEADLIGHT LO RH
HRLY
2
4
S14
SHIFT LOCK ECU
5 EA2
R- W
B
H1
HEADLIGHT HI LH
2
7
G- R 3
R- L
IG
H3
HEADLIGHT LO LH
SHIFT LOCK
CONTROL SW
6
R- L
STP
P1
2
R- W
Front side
of left
fender
R- Y
EA
Front side
of right
fender
K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
R- L
D7
DIODE
(Headlight)
1
2
L1
LIGHT RETAINER
RELAY
6
R- L
ACC
2
2
R- W
1
2
R- W
3
IG
3
B- R
GR
1
1
12 ID2
B- W
,F8 B
2
B- W
W
F6 A
15 ID2
G- W
FUSIBLE LINK
3
2
11 EA1
From Stop
Light SW
<17- 3
2
A
B- W
B
1
A
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
GR
J6
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
15A
HEAD
(RH)
B- R
B- W
B
50A
AM1
2
1
15A
HEAD
(LH)
2
2
R- W
B- W
2
GR
2
1
4
B
3
2
2
HEAD RELAY
1
W
ST1
B
W
6 EA2
W
L- R
Brought to you by BirfMark
4 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
Power Source
Taillight
1
SRS
2
2
1
B
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR[
G
A
R
3 A
4 A
1 B
2 B
1 A
2 A
12 IH1
W- L
B- Y
B- L
W- L
GR
B- W
G
G
B- Y
11 IH1
B
4 B
A ,S7
3 B
S6
SHORT CONNECTOR
(SRS)
B
G
4 BQ1
2
A ,S5
S 5 B YELLOW
To Tra ler Socket
(Tail and
Stop Light)<9- 8>
S4
G
SHORT CONNECTOR(SRS)
SHORT CONNECTOR
(SRS)
50A AM1
7 ID2
W- L
G
10 EA1
1
W- L
GR
B
2
To Light Retainer
Relay<3- 3>
3
W- L
B
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
C10
SRS WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
A
B- L
1
3 EA2
2
2
W
W
W- R
1 2 3 4
9
G
10
IG2
2
E1
4 3 2 1
3
3 BV1
5
P+
2
1
4
7
LA
11
TC
AB
D1
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR 1
6
B
1
5
TC
E2
3
W
B- R
S 7 B YELLOW
8
ACC
A17
AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY
PD+
D-
W- R
BR
S 6 A YELLOW
4
2
G
G
G
G
G
SPIRAL
CABLE
2
B , F8
C
3
FUSIBLE LINK
1
5
3
5
1
2
BR
A , F7
W- B
FL AM2 0. 3P
FL AM1 1. 25B
FL MAIN 2. 0L
3
F6
2
3
R8
TAILLIGHT LH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]
1
2
R9
TAILLIGHT RH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]
2
P3
PARKING LIGHT RH
1 B
L2
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
2
P2
PARKING LIGHT LH
B- L
1
2
1 A
B- R
3
B
1 C
2
2
1
S 4 A YELLOW
W
1
G
I12
IGNITION SW
10A ECU- B
TAIL
RELAY
F11
FUSE BLOCK
F11
FUSE BLOCK
GR
B- R
F 7 B GRAY
1
15A TAIL
W- R
6 EA2
R
B
W
3 EA3
IG2 6
C
1
15A CIG
1
2
11 AM2
A , F8
L- R
F6
1
1
7. 5A IGN
IG1
ST1
1
FUSIBLE LINK
W
4 AM1
L- R
B- R
ACC 3
4
3
2
A18
AIRBAG SQUIB
(Front Passenger’ s
Airbag Assembly)
A19
AIRBAG SQUIB
(Steering
Wheel Pad)
BR
W- B
W- B
W- B
W- B
1 BV1
2 A
1 A
2 B
Front side of
right fender
BG
Lower back panel center
Right kick
panel
IE
W- B
EA
B
BR
EB
A ,S5
W- B
W- B
Front side of
left fender
1 B
BR
BATTERY
W- B
W- B
S4
SHORT CONNECTOR
(SRS)
ID
Left kick
panel
K
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
5 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
Power
Source
*1 :
*2 :
*3 :
*4 :
Illumination
1
1
RADIO AND PLAYER
1
15A TAIL
2
R
W
TAIL
RELAY
R 1 A GRAY
F11
FUSE BLOCK
1 2
1
3
1
4
3
2
2
STEREO COMPORNENT AMPLIFIER
R 3 B GRAY
3 4
1
5 6 7 8 9 10
Separate Type Ampl f er
Bui t−In Type Amplifier
A/T Indicator Illumnation
Meter Illuminat on
S11 A
S12 B
1 2 3
4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
2
3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4
8 9
1
5 6 7
10 11 12 13
14 15
G
G
G
J1
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
B
R
W
B
B
B
B
G
G
6 A
G3
GLOVE BOX LIGHT
3
6
1
2
W
G4
GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW
W- G
W- G
W- G
R2
RADIO AND PLAYER
2
R4
REAR HEATER SW
2 B
G- W
(*1)
3
G
G
(*1)
2
B
13
S11 A , S12
G
H10
HEATER CONTROL SW AND
A/C SW
C7
CIGALETTE LIGHTER
ILLUMINATION
2
1
STEREO COMPONENT
AMPLIFIER
G
G
1
W- G
1
9
W- G
1 IF1
A
A
W- B
W- G
A
W- G
(*1)
8 ID2
W- G
A
1
W- G
W- G
W- G
W- G
(*2)
W- G
A
A
A
A
A
J5
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
J8
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
A
6
A20
ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION
3
G
4
2
A21
AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL SW
G
H9
HAZARD SW
1
W- B
A
A
2
W- G
W- G
W- B
A
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
G
G
G
W- B
R5
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW
B
5 B
A ,R3
3
10 A
R1
4
RADIO AND PLAYER
1
11
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
14
IF1
G
(*2)
1
O4
A/T SHIFT LEVER ILLUMINATION
[O/D MAIN SW]
G
W- G
G
12 B
C11 B , C12 D , C13 C
W- G
W- B
C14
COMBINATION SW
LIGHT
CONTROL
SW
HEAD
(*4)
(*3)
B- L
BATTERY
OFF
TAIL
1 D
COMBINATION METER
2 C
E9
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW
3
2 D
2
G
L
G
2
A
15 ID1
T
E
A
G
1
G
2
A
G
G
8
R7
RHEOSTAT
FL MAIN 2. 0L
F8
FUSIBLE LINK
L1
LIGHT RETAINER
RELAY
1
J4
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
A
A
A
W- B
A
A
COMBINATION METER
C13 C
W- B
C12 D BROWN
W- B
W- B
C11 B BLUE
W- B
ID
Left kick panel
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Brought to you by BirfMark
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Right kick panel
IE
K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
3 EA3
Brought to you by BirfMark
6 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
Power
Source
Interior Light
1
B
L- Y
B
L- Y
B
L- Y
B
L- Y
16
L- Y
L- Y
B
15
2
R- W
L- Y
LP
3
R- B
R- B
R- Y
8
BR1
R- Y
R- W
R- Y
R- L
R- Y
2 BS2
2
R- W
I10
IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER LIGHT
R- Y
R- Y
1 BT2
R- W
D18
DOOR COURTESY
SW REAR LH
1
R- Y
1
2
R- B
2
1
W- B
D9
DIODE
(Interior Light)
A
R- B
3 ID2
A
2 BT2
W- B
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R- B
From Door Lock Control
Relay <14-3>
From Seat Belt Warning
Relay <17-2>
From Light Retainer
Relay <3-3>
B6
BACK DOOR
COURTESY SW
R- L
W- B
R- L
II2
1 BS2
W- B
W- B
D16
DOOR COURTESY
SW FRONT LH
4 BR1
W- B
Right kick panel
1
R- B
D17
DOOR COURTESY
SW FRONT RH
W- B
W- B
IE
R- G
1
Left kick panel
D14
DOOR COURTESY
LIGHT REAR LH
L- Y
R- L
R- L
3
R- G
2
R- G
W- B
ID
D19
DOOR COURTESY
SW REAR RH
W- B
A
1
DCTY
4
1 ID2
R- L
1
D8
DIODE
(Interior Light)
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
2
2 BN2
14 BK1
R- L
R- L
R- L
R- Y
R- L
(* 2)
R- L
(*1)
FL AM1 1. 25B
R- L
R- L
From Door Lock
Control Relay<14- 3>
1
1
R- Y
R- Y
A
2
9 II2
3 IE1
6 IE1
BATTERY
1
2 BP2
1
1
F6
FUSIBLE LINK
2
B- W
(*1)
R- Y
W- B
W- B
W- B
B- L
4 IE1
1 BN2
D13
DOOR COURTESY
LIGHT FRONT RH
L- Y
R- L
4 BJ2
2 BL1
W- B
2
13 BK1
D15
DOOR COURTESY
LIGHT REAR RH
L- Y
R- L
1
D12
DOOR COURTESY
LIGHT FRONT LH
L- Y
R- L
1
2
1 BP2
1
W- B
(*1)
4
B
4 II2
1 BJ2
F16(*1)
F17(*2)
FRONT INTERIOR LIGHT
ON
OFF
1
2
DOOR
1
DOOR
V7
VANITY LIGHT RH
V6
VANITY LIGHT LH
M3
PERSONAL LIGHT
[MOON ROOF CONTROL SW]
W
4
2
2
R16
REAR INTERIOR LIGHT
ON
OFF
2
2
B
(*1)
L- Y
(*2)
L- Y
L- Y
L- Y
L- Y
(*1)
1
I11
IGNITION KEY CYLINDER
LIGHT RELAY
1
L- Y
L- Y
L- Y
(*1)
L- Y
L- Y
L- Y
L- Y
1
BL1
10A
DOME
2
R- Y
L- Y
L- Y
2 IE1
3
2
3
D10
DIODE
(Interior Light)
2
1
R- L
L- Y
L- Y
C13
OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
1
4
4
ID2
L- Y
L- Y
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
3 EA1
3
2
B
L- Y
*1 : w/ Moon Roof
*2 : w/o Moon Roof
ID
Left kick
panel
BF
Under the center
console box
K
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
7 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
Power Source
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light
1
4
3
2
W
TRAILER SOCKET(Turn Signal Light)
ACC
4 AM1
B
IG1 2
B- Y
2
1
ST1
T 5 A BLACK
1
7. 5A TURN
6 EA2
B
I12
IGNITION SW
F11
FUSE
BLOCK
15A
HAZ- HORN
2
1
1
2
2
2
G- W
2
W
2
18
IF1
8 IF1
G- O
C14
TURN SIGNAL SW
[COMB. SW]
8
RH
OFF
TURN
HAZARD
LH
ON
2
G- Y
6 IF1
8
G
G- B
G- R
2
1
G- B
17 IF1
5
G- Y
16 IF1
6
G- Y
G- B
3
5
G
7 IF1
2
9
G
W
G- R
7
G- Y
G- B
G
B- L
7 EA1
20 ID2
G- Y
9 BQ1
10 BQ1
Left kick
panel
EB
Front side of
left fender
5
5
BG
2
R9
REAR TURN
SIGNAL
LIGHT RH
[REAR COMB.
LIGHT RH]
A
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
W- B
2
1
W- B
ID
B
W- B
2
W- B
Right
kick
panel
1 B
A , T6
W- B
W- B
W- B
R8
REAR TURN
SIGNAL
LIGHT LH
[REAR COMB.
LIGHT LH]
W- B
IE
T5
TRAILER SOCKET
(Turn Signal
Light)
C11
TURN SIGNAL
INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
RH
1
F2
FRONT TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT RH
2 B
1 A
G- Y
2
2 A
G- B
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
G- Y
A
G- B
F1
FRONT TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT LH
1
BATTERY
9
8 EA1
G- Y
G- B
G- B
W- B
FL AM1 1. 25B
1
A
8
21 ID2
LH
E
F6
FUSIBLE
LINK
G- Y
L
3
1
G- B
1
B
FLASH
RELAY
G- B
G- Y
2
G
1
G- B
1
G- Y
2
G- Y
4
Lower back
panel center
Brought to you by BirfMark
EA
Front side of
right fender
ID
Left kick
panel
K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
1
10
2
2
EA1
G- O
G- O
H9
HAZARD SW
G- W
50A
AM1
2
T 6 B BLACK
Brought to you by BirfMark
8 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
Power
Source
Rear Wiper and Washer
Front Wiper and Washer
1
4
3
2
ACC
B
4 AM1
IG1 2
C15
REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW
[COMB SW]
B- Y
1
ST1
I12
IGNITION SW
F11
FUSE BLOCK
20A WPER
6 EA2
WR
CIR
+1R
EW
WASHER2
OFF
B
INT
2
ON
L- B
L
C15
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW
[COMB. SW]
2
L
L
WASHER1
L
+1
4 EA4
+S INT1 INT2 B1
2 ID1
WASHER SW
2
OFF
LO
2
L- B
5 BR1
LG
L- B
2
2 BR1
5 BS1
4 BS1
L
W
HI
L- O
1 BR2
L- B
W2
M WASHER
MOTOR
1
ON
L- G
5 BT1
6 BT1
L
L- B
W1
WASHER CHANGE
VALVE
6 BS1
3
5 EA4
INTERMITTENT WIPER RELAY
L- B
+S
W
16
13
7
18
4
8
2
L- O
L- B
R20
REAR WIPER RELAY
4
1
L
1
W- B
+B
2
L- G
+1
L
+2
L- B
EW
1
L- B
4
L
4 BT1
16
12 ID1
LG
L
INT
6 ID1
L- B
L
L
W
D11
DIODE
(Rear Washer)
1
2
1
LG
+2
L- O
+B
OFF
EW
1
10
L
50A AM1
WIPER SW
L- B
2
2
6
LS
C1
LG
L
L- R
L- Y
W- B
B- L
+B
D6
DIODE
(Front Washer)
2
1
L
+S
L
FL AM1 1. 25B
F6
FUSIBLE LINK
L
L- W
L- R
3
6
5
+1
+B
+S
M
A
BATTERY
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
E
A
3
A
L- W
3
1
+1
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
4
+B
A
S
1
IE
2 W- B
M
2
BT2
W- B
1
BS2
W- B
4
BR1
E
J8
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
Right kick
panel
R19
REAR WIPER
MOTOR
W- B
W- B
W- B
ID
A W- B
W- B
A
Left kick
panel
F3
FRONT WIPER
MOTOR
2
+2
LM
2
Under the center
console box
BF
ID
Left kick panel
K
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
(Cont. next page )
9 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
Power
Source
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator
1
4
3
2
B- Y
Y
ACC
B- Y
ST1 1
B- W
1
B- R
2
R- Y
2
15A EFI
50A AM1
EFI MAIN RELAY
P- B
1
G- W
J4
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B
B
Y
A
D
E
F
Y
Y
1
ID3
W
2
B- W
15
ID2
B- W
3
5
BR
6
ID3
O
6
P- B
16
ID2
P- B
11
IH2
2nd
PWR
P- B
R- B
O
G- W
O
E9
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION PATTERN
SELECT SW
4
2
Y
A
B
C
R
2
O
R- B
A
B
1
1
2
GRAY
P- B
1
1
7 EA2
B
F7 B
2
Y- R
22
IH1
Y- R
Y
W
W
W- R
1
EB1
E4
12 D
3 D
+B
22 D
MRLY
1 D
NSW
A ,E5
C ,E6
B ,E7
D
3 A
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
IGSW
20 D
HOLD
17 D
16 D
15 D
L
2
R
PWR
2
3
SP2+
SP2-
2 B
8 B
S2
SL
9 A
8 A
OIL
12 C
E2
IDL
VTA
9 C 11 C 10 C
VCC
1 C
SPD
EO3
8 D 16 A
EO2
26 A
EO1
13 A
E1
24 A
OD2
19 D
HI
18 A
TFN
21 D
Y- G
P- L
BR
BR
BR
P- L
P- L
See Engine Control System
<2- 6><2- 7>
See Engine Control
System<2- 8>
See Engine Control
System<2- 8>
22 ID2
P- L
NO. 3
NO. 2
See Engine Control
System<2- 7>
3
To Cruise Control
ECU<11- 2>
R- L
R- Y
2
NO. 1
BR- B
BR
V2
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
(Electronically
Controlled Transmission)
C
2
R
V- G
V
BR
FL MAIN 2. 0L
FL AM2 0. 3P
B ,F8
FL AM1 1. 25B
A ,F7
1
1
THW
4 C
R- W
E2
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID
1 C
THG
19 A
3 EC2
From
Cruise
Control
ECU<11- 2>
1 B
L4
9 D
BR
B- L
F6
FUSIBLE LINK
1 A
2 EC2
STP
G- O
1 EC2
OD1
18 D 14 D
R- L
4 EC2
2
R- Y
R
5 EC2
R- Y
V- G
R- Y
V
4
S1
10 A
2
O4
O/D MAIN SW
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
BATTERY
4
Front side of
left fender
EB
E 5 C DARK GRAY
E 6 B DARK GRAY
E 7 D DARK GRAY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
7 8 9 10 11 12
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Brought to you by BirfMark
W- B
E 4 A DARK GRAY
Air intake
chamber
EC
BF
Under the center
console box
G
H
I
K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
3
B- L
2
2
B- W
2
2
A
P- B
2
J6
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
B
2
,F8 C
F11
FUSE BLOCK
Y
R
3 EA2
F6 A
3
J1
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
6 EA2
3
B- W
I12
IGNITION SW
1
15A ECU- IG
IG2 6
7. 5A IGN
11 AM2
W- R
1
Y
10A GAUGE
IG1 2
FUSIBLE LINK
B- Y
4 AM1
B
B- Y
B- R
Brought to you by BirfMark
9 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON(Cont’ d)
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator
5
A
Y
C
G- W
N
D
2
L
8
10
9
2
3
R- W
B- O
G- R
O
6 IH2
7 IH1
5 IH2
4 IH2
3 IH2
2 IH2
R- B
R- W
B- O
O
G- W
R- B
R
7
R- B
O
P
R- L
F
19 ID2
P- B
R- L
E
B
R- B
D
Y
R- B
P1
A/T INDICATOR SW
[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]
4
B
8
7
6
6
IH1
Y
Back−Up Light
14 BQ1
G- W
R- B
O
R- B
R- B
R- B
R- L
B- O
7 D
5 D
G- W
4 D
O
3 D
B- O
13 D
R- W
R- B
9 D
R- L
P- B
Y
R- L
8 C
10 D
3
T4
TRAILER SOCKET
(Tail and Stop Light)
11 D
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
P- L
5
1
5
W- B
W- B
A
1
R9
BACK- UP LIGHT RH
[REAR COMB LIGHT RH]
A
R- B
R- W
R8
BACK- UP LIGHT LH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]
W- B
COMBINATION METER
Y- L
R- B
6 D
C12 D , C13 C
From ” TAIL” Fuse
<4- 3>
8 D
To Cruise Contorol ECU
<11- 2>
12 D
G
P- L
From Stop Light
SW<17- 3>
B- O
12
IH2
7 C
1
L
2
D
N
R
P
PWR
O/D OFF
I
R- W
2nd STRT
H
Y- G
A/T P
G
D28
DIODE
(Neutral Detection)
2
1
G- W
2
COMBINATION METER
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
W- B
C12 D BROWN
C13 C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
ID
Left kick panel
BG
Lower back panel center
K
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
10 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
Power
Source
ABS
1
2
4
3
W
A ,A7
A4
4 B
4
1 2 3
4 5 6
20
IH1
A ,A5
3
R- L
D1
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR 1
B
WB
1 B
5 B
3 B
RL-
RL+
1 A
9 A
W
RSS
7 A
25 B
RR-
6
14 ID3
13 ID3
+B
A12 A , A13 B
19 B
GS2
STP
6 A
10 A
GST
PKB
14 A
R- B
To Parking Brake SW and
Brake Fluid Level Warning
SW<22- 6>
L
From Stop Light SW
<17- 3>
G
ABS ECU
3 A
12 ID3
G- W
BR- B
(SHIELDED)
GS1
EXI
RR+
8 A
12 A
P- B
R
4 ID3
12 B
BAT
16 A
11 ID3
W
BR
BR
BR
B- L
(SHIELDED)
13 A
TC
3 ID3
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
5 B
TS
1
4
O
15 A
MT
GND
2
W- B
FR-
FR+
16 B
6 B
AST
GST
3
Y- R
FSS
10 B
SRR
GS2
Y- B
FL22 B
26 B 18 B
SFL
IG
GS1
Y
FL+
9 B
13 B
SFR
4
A22
ABS
DECELERATION
SENSOR
5
O
15 B
1 B
SR
23 IH1
O
GND1 GND2
2 B
2
11 B
R-
11 IH1
B- Y
4
24 B
1 A
GR- R
MR
3 A
L- W
23 B
L- Y
W- B
L- R
2
LG
L
G- B
W
B- R
3
5 B
13 IH1
B- L
W
G- Y
G
W
W
2 B
J6
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B
Y- R
3 A
3 B
A
15
ID2
Y- B
4 A
4 B
GND
B B- W
Y
2 A
1 B
BM
B
B- W
BS
MT
A
B- R
SR
AST
O
R-
SRR
22
B- Y
W- B
MR
SFL
GR- R
SFR
WA
TC
11
9 1011 12 13 14 15 16
3
Y
TS
16
C10
ABS WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
60A ABS
50A AM1
M
BM
23
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 A
Y
B
P
V
4 BQ2
(SHIELDED)
B
L
(SHIELDED)
2 Bh1
1 Bh1
(SHIELDED)
ABS ECU
A13 B DARK GRAY
Y- G
L
2 Bf1
5 Bh1
W- B
1 Bf1
1 Bg1
2 Bg1
2
Brought to you by BirfMark
W
1
A25
ABS SPEED SENSOR
REAR LH
B
W
Right kick
panel
R
IE
G
R
ID
1 BQ2
2
A24
ABS SPEED SENSOR
FRONT RH
B
Left kick
panel
1
W
BATTERY
1
6 BQ2
GR
W
3 Bh1
B
W
B
W
BR
W- B
4 Bh1
(SHIELDED)
1
2
2 BQ2
3 Bd1
,F8 B
A23
ABS SPEED SENSOR
FRONT LH
L
5 BQ2
G
R
1 Bd1
W
A ,F8
4 Bd1
To Center Diff. Lock
Indicator SW
<20- 1>
F6
FL AM1 1 25B
FUSIBLE LINK
FL MAIN 2. 0L
2 Bd1
5 ID3
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
FUSIBLE LINK
F6 A
2 ID3
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
2
A26
ABS SPEED SENSOR
REAR RH
Under the center
console box
BF
K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
W
BS
2
F11
FUSE
BLOCK
B- W
+BS
4 A
2
6
2
ABS ACTUATOR
1
2
5
R- L
2 B
6
GND +BM
B
2
1
1 B
B
ABS RELAY
4
1
3
B-W
A6
3
(*1)
2
1 A
2
15A ECU- IG
2
1
A12 A DARK GRAY
1
Y
B- W
2
4
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
1 EA3
B
2 EA3
B- W
B- W
2
1
10A ECU- B
B- W
B
I12
IGNITION SW
6 EA2
1
3
1
10A GAUGE
B- W
A 5 B GRAY
ABS ACTUATOR
ABS RELAY
IG1 2
ST1
3 EA3
A 4 A BLACK
A 7 B GRAY
W
A 6 A GRAY
B- Y
W
4 AM1
ABS ECU
B- Y
B- Y
ACC
Brought to you by BirfMark
11 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
W
10A ECU- B
10A GAUGE
15A ECU- IG
Y
D1
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR 1
B- Y
C10
CRUISE CONTROL
INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB METER]
G- W
L- W
B- R
G- Y
B- Y
R
L
L- R
Y
Y- G
Y- L
W- B
R- G
RESUME/
ACCEL
SET/
COAST
CANCEL
MAIN
A ,F8
B
BR
BR
K
Brought to you by BirfMark
To Speedometer
[Comb. Meter]
<22- 5>
Y
B- W
BR
B- G
4
From Stop Light SW
<17- 3>
B- W
J6
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
G- O
G- W
G- R
Y- R
F6
FUSIBLE LINK
EP
FL AM1 1. 25B
Left kick panel
ID
From Engine
Control Module
<9- 2>
G- W
R- Y
B- O
2
W- B
4
C4
CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR
5
6
7
1
2
3
B- L
BR
BATTERY
M
FL MAIN 2. 0L
20
C15
CRUISE CONTROL SW
[COMB. SW]
To Throttle
Position
Sensor<2- 7>
To Electronically
Controlled
Transmission
Solenoid<9- 2>
50A AM1
3
LL
MO
26
10
12
STPTc
W
5
15
A
From Park/Neutral
Position SW<9- 7>
B
2
16
8
20
TC
B
SPD
W
CCS
CMS
1 A
1 B
11
1
S13
CRUISE CONTROL
STOP SW
[STOP LIGHT SW]
4
5
MC
VR1
VR2
11
23
24
25
13
A
BATT
Pi
B
15
7
14
9
VR3
GND
CCS
CMS
9
19 IH1
15 IH2
OD
IDL
ECT
D
21
22
2
18
C17
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
19
2
,F8 B
F6 A
2
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
11 IH1
1
B
FUSIBLE LINK
2
2
3
3
I12
IGNITION SW
6 EA2
3 EA3
B- Y
W
ST1
1
1
1
ACC
4
3
2
1
F11
FUSE BLOCK
B- Y
IG1 2
4 AM1
B
Cruise Control
Power
Source
B- Y
3
Brought to you by BirfMark
12 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
30A FL POWER
L
B
2
L- B
L- B
1
L- B
L- B
2
DOWN
UP
DOWN
UP
REAR
G- Y
R- Y
G- B
R- B
G- L
R- L
P22
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(Passenger’ s Seat Rear
Vertical Control)
P21
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(Passenger’ s Seat Front
Vertical Control)
P23
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(Passenger’ s Seat
Reclining Control)
W- B
W- B
P24
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(Passenger’ s Seat
Slide Control)
W- B
P17
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(Driver’ s Seat Lumbar
Support Control)
P18
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(Driver’ s Seat Rear
Vertical Control)
P16
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(Driver’ s Seat Front
Vertical Control)
P19
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(Driver’ s Seat
Reclining Control)
P20
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(Driver’ s Seat
Slide Control)
F6
FUSIBLE LINK
FL AM1 1. 25B
W- B
Brought to you by BirfMark
G
R
R- W
G
G- Y
R- Y
G- B
R- B
G- L
R- L
G
R
3 Bi1
FRONT
REAR
FRONT
REAR
FRONT
DOWN
UP
DOWN
UP
REAR
FRONT
REAR
FRONT
4
2
K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
L
B- L
Under the center
console box
BF
W- B
2
M
1
1
M
2
2
6
2
11
12
7
4
8
REAR VERTICAL
FRONT VERTICAL
RECLINING
SLIDE
M
3 Bc1
P15
POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(Passenger’ s Seat)
10
1
2
M
1
2
M
1
2
M
1
1
M
2
1
M
3
BM1
BATTERY
1 Bi1
9
5
1
9
3
6
2
11
4
3
2
1
LUMBAR SUPPORT
REAR VERTICAL
FRONT VERTICAL
RECLINING
SLIDE
12
7
4
8
5
2
2
M
1
1
1 Bc1
50A AM1
2
P14
POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(Driver’ s Seat)
10
W
3
F11
FUSE BLOCK
B
6 EA2
6 II2
10 ID2
2
Power Seat
Power
Source
3
4
L
Brought to you by BirfMark
13 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
Power Window
Power Source
1
4
3
2
LB
B
B
From Door Lock
Control Relay
<14- 2>
B
30A FL POWER
6 EA2
3
2
F11
FUSE
BLOCK
L
1
1
L- B
L- B
7
L- B
G- O
50A
AM1
1
BJ1
L- B
4
2
BW
P6
POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
8
BW1
FRONT LH
FRONT RH
REAR RH
REAR LH
1
DOWN
UP
DOWN
UP
DOWN
2
L- B
W
POWER
RELAY
UP
1
DOWN
4
UP
3
2
+
-
2
1
+
-
1
WINDOW
LOCK
SW
LOCK
3
W- B
4
E1
2
FLU
FLD
NORMAL
FRU
FRD
RRU
11
RRD
14
RLU
10
RLD
9
16 BJ1
17 BJ1
R- L
B- Y
R- Y
5 ID1
11 ID1
A
L- B
L- B
1
2 BJ1
L- B
W- B
5 BJ1
II1
1
II1
3 BP1
2 BN1
1 BN1
1 ID1
L- B
R- Y
1 BP1
II1
B- Y
R- G
2 BP1
3
L- B
B- O
R- L
R- G
5 BK1
2
B- L
B- O
2 BK1
R
B
FL AM1 1. 25B
F6
FUSIBLE LINK
L- B
15 BJ1
B- L
R- G
B- G
B- L
12 BJ1
L- B
5
R- Y
12
B- Y
13
R- L
6
W- B
W- B
A
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
E
1
B- L
2
11 BJ1
3 BN1
L- B
R- L
5
4
P12
POWER WINDOW SW
REAR LH
3
DOWN
1
R
B
R
2
1
M
P9
POWER WINDOW MOTOR
REAR LH
K
2
1
M
P10
POWER WINDOW MOTOR
REAR RH
2
UP
4
B- L
5
P13
POWER WINDOW SW
REAR RH
3
DOWN
Brought to you by BirfMark
L- B
R- L
3
1
M
P8
POWER WINDOW MOTOR
FRONT RH
1
B
3
1
M
P7
POWER WINDOW MOTOR
FRONT LH
B- L
Left kick
panel
R
ID
B
W- B
W- B
Right
kick
panel
4
2
UP
DOWN
1
IE
5
UP
W- B
W- B
BATTERY
3
P11
POWER WINDOW SW
FRONT RH
2
1 BK1
L- B
Brought to you by BirfMark
14 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
To Door Courtesy SW
Front RH<6- 2>
To Door Courtesy SW
Front LH<6- 3>
To Unlock Warning SW
[Ignition SW]
<17- 2>
R- B
R- B
R- G
R- L
R- G
R- B
G- O
2
L- R
L- R
L- O
L- R
L- R
L- R
L- R
L- R
L- O
L- R
LG
W- B
G- Y
L- Y
L- B
L- R
L- R
L- R
L- O
L- W
L- W
L- W
L- W
L- W
L- W
L- W
W- B
L- W
W- B
W- B
BATTERY
4 BR2
W- B
W- B
L- W
B7
BACK DOOR
LOCK MOTOR
D26
DOOR LOCK
MOTOR REAR LH
L- W
D27
DOOR LOCK
MOTOR REAR RH
L- W
L- W
W- B
W- B
D23
DOOR LOCK
CONTROL SW RH
LOCK
UNLOCK
D21
DOOR KEY
LOCK AND
UNLOCK SW RH
UNLOCK
LOCK
L- W
D24
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND
DOOR UNLOCK
DETECTION SW FRONT LH
L- B
L- Y
G- R
W- B
D20
DOOR KEY LOCK AND
UNLOCK SW LH
UNLOCK
LOCK
UNLOCK
LOCK
FL AM1 1. 25B
3 BS1
W- B
D25
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND
DOOR UNLOCK
DETECTION SW FRONT RH
L- R
M
P6
DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH
[POWER WINDOW
MASTER SW]
G- R
2
F6
FUSIBLE LINK
L- W
K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
G- O
L
G- R
L- Y
L- B
B- L
Brought to you by BirfMark
L- W
L- W
8
ID1
L- W
A
L- W
Right kick panel
IE
Left kick panel
ID
To POWER Relay
<13- 1><15- 2>
L
Y
Y
W
14 BJ1
J8
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
1 BT1
4 BK1
12
II1
8 BN1
11 BJ1
4
3
4
3
8 BP1
11 BK1
W- B
1
W- B
W- B
4
4
4
3 BT1
7 BN1
7 BP1
M
M
M
M
11
II1
2
2
2
1
2
1
3
4
F11
FUSE BLOCK
Y
B
1
W- B
4
3
3
L- Y
3
2
2
1
2
1
20 BK1
18 BK1
17 BK1
3 BK1
2
L- R
L- R
2 BJ2
L- Y
12 BK1
G- R
G- R
1 BS1
7
ID1
L- R
L- R
7
BJ2
4
4
L- R
3
BJ2
L- Y
L- B
3
5
ACT+
3
LSWP
ACT6
16
9
LSWD
E
13
BJ1
L- R
19
BJ1
L- B
5 BJ2
3 BR2
PCTY
DCTY
D22
DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY
14
2
7
15
4
3
2
1
KSW
RLY
B
IG
3 BJ1
A
30A
FL POWER
6 EA2
4 BJ1
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
2
UL2
L2
UL1
L1
12
11
10
2
10A GAUGE
B
ST1
20 BJ1
A
2
4
3
I12
IGNITION SW
3
1
B
ACC
6 BJ2
8
BJ2
50A
AM1
8
1
1
IG1 2
4 AM1
B
Door Lock Control
Power
Source
B
B- Y
Brought to you by BirfMark
15 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
Power Source
Moon Roof
1
Horn
4
3
2
W
B
2
3
1
B
30A FL POWER
6 EA2
2
W
2
2
4
2
G- O
G- O
From Door Lock
Control Relay<14- 2>
L
50A
AM1
1
1
1
3
2
2
4
2
POWER
RELAY
W
2
15A
HAZ- HORN
F11
FUSE
BLOCK
2
1
3
HORN
RELAY
2
1
M2
MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY
3
1
1
2
LS. 1
LS. 2
8
9
6
2
-
+
5
4
GND
11
UP
3
DOWN
7
OPEN
1
CLOSE
2
2
G- W
IG
G- R
L- B
4
2
5 IE1
G- Y
P
R- W
R- Y
R
G
R- L
G- W
B- L
1 EA1
L- B
W- B
1
6
G- R
W- B
G- W
CLOSE
4
W- B
6
OPEN
6
IE1
3
DOWN
W- B
UP
A
2
W- B
2
W- B
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
5
M
5
A
3
W- B
F6
FUSIBLE LINK
4
NO. 2
FL AM1 1. 25B
M4
MOON ROOF
LIMIT SW
AND MOTOR
NO. 1
1
M3
MOON ROOF
CONTROL SW
1
1
H7
HORN LH
(High)
H8
HORN RH
(Low)
10
C14
HORN SW
[COMB. SW]
W- B
A
W- B
W- B
BATTERY
W- B
ID
Left kick panel
IE
Right kick panel
K
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
16 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
Power Source
Cigarette
Lighter
Rear Heater
1
4
3
2
4 AM1
Clock
W
W
W
W
ACC 3
L- R
IG1 2
B- Y
1
2
2
1
B
W
F6
A ,F8
B
3
1
1
2
G
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
A
G
L- Y
LO
HI
GR
1
J4
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
GR
LO
3
2
A
GR
W- B
4
A
HI
3
3 EA1
5
4
R15
REAR HEATER
RELAY
2
Y
6
R4
REAR HEATER SW
L- W
W
2
L- W
W
2
2
GR
B
2
L- Y
J4
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
2
2
2
1
L- Y
L- B
B- L
W
1 B
4
C6
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
4
2
C9
CLOCK
1
1 A
1
5
II2
W- B
R14
REAR HEATER
2
B
J7
JUNCTION
A CONNECTOR
A
A
ID
W- B
Under the center
console box
Left kick panel
Brought to you by BirfMark
IE
B
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
W- B
BF
J8
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W- B
A
BATTERY
L- Y
M
L- Y
L- B
3
1
W- B
W- B
FUSIBLE LINK
3 BM1
3
W- B
B
L
A ,F8
W- B
FL AM1 1. 25B
FL MAIN 2. 0L
F6
1 II2
Right kick panel
K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
1
See Taillight
System<4- 2
F11
FUSE BLOCK
B
2
15A TAIL
L- W
1
R
Y
2
II2
L- W
50A
AM1
3
15A CIG
2
1
3
F11
FUSE BLOCK
1
2
10A
DOME
L- R
1
2
TAIL
RELAY
1
20A REAR- HTR
FUSIBLE LINK
10A GAUGE
I12
IGNITION SW
1
B- Y
B
6 EA2
B- Y
W
3 EA3
ST1
Brought to you by BirfMark
17 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
Power Source
Unlock and Seat Belt Warning
1
Stop Light
2
Auto Antenna
4
3
W
*1 : w/ Power Seat
*2 : w/o Power Seat
L- R
W
B- Y
W
L- R
IG1 2
B- Y
1
B- Y
4 AM1
B
ACC 3
I12
IGNITION SW
1
F11
FUSE BLOCK
10A
DOME
3
15A CIG
6 EA2
1
1
10A STOP
3 EA3
2
10A GAUGE
ST1
F11
FUSE BLOCK
2
F11
FUSE BLOCK
2
B
W
3
A , F8
2
2
B
L- Y
Y
2
GR
F6
G- O
FUSIBLE LINK
2
1
5
A
Y
5
G- W
9
IG
2 ID2
B
G- W
4
8
7
1
AUTO ANTENNA
CONTROL SW
2
A
A8
MOTOR
A
W- B
AUTO ANTENNA
4 BR1
BF
M
IE
J8
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
Lower back
panel center
W- B
BG
W- B
Right kick
panel
L-Y
IE
L-Y
L
ID
13 IF1
1
W- B
Left kick panel
W- B
IF1
4 IF1
1
W- B
W- B
3
L
5
DOWN
UP
1 BS2
12
W- B
R9
STOP LIGHT RH
[REAR COMB.
LIGHT RH]
5
6
W- B
G- W
W- B
R8
STOP LIGHT LH
[REAR COMB.
LIGHT LH]
6
5
H12
HIGH MOUNTED
STOP LIGHT
2
W- B
W- B
BF
1
G- W
3 Bc1 (*1)
3 Bj1 (*2)
Under the center
console box
G- W
A
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
To TRAILER
SOCKET
(Tail and
Stop Light)
<9- 7>
G- W
W- B
A
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
3 BQ1
G- W
9
A
W- B
W- B
BATTERY
From Door Lock
Control Relay<14- 2>
G
B
2
To Door Courtesy SW
Front LH<6- 3>
A ,F8
1
B8
BUCKLE
SW LH
4
2
G- W
10
G
F6
FL AM1 1. 25B
FUSIBLE LINK
FL MAIN 2. 0L
I12
UNLOCK WARNING SW
[IGNITION SW]
R- B
1 A
W- B
R- B
R- B
B- L
W
14 ID2
2 Bc1 (*1)
2 Bj1 (*2)
G- W
3 BS2
To Shift Lock
ECU<3- 2>
2
1 B
E
G
G
L- SW
A 21
1
BR1
G- W
G- W
4
CTY
3 IF1
GR
G- W
3
2
BKL
To Engine Control
Module <2-7>
To ABS ECU<10-4>
To Cruise Control
ECU<11-4>
G- W
B
1
L- Y
W
Y
W
2
A
S3
SEAT BELT
WARNING RELAY
A
B
GR
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
G- W
10
A
L- Y
G
2
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
1
2
S13
STOP LIGHT SW
3 EA1
C10
SEAT BELT WARNING
LIGHT[COMB. METER]
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
50A
AM1
Right kick
panel
Under the center
console box
K
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
18 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
Power Source
Rear Window Defogger
1
Remote Control Mirror
4
3
2
W
ACC 3
L- R
IG1 2
B- Y
L- R
B
6 EA2
1
1
10A
GAUGE
I12
IGNITION SW
15A CIG
W
3 EA3
F11
FUSE BLOCK
1
ST1
W
4 AM1
20A
DEFOG
3
3
F11
FUSE BLOCK
2
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
B
L- O
Y
2
50A
AM1
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B
J4
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R17 A BLACK
Y
1
1
1
4
B
B
2
9
RH
VL
2
10
VR
M+
6
3
W
Y
G
Y
W
6 BJ1
10 BJ1
9 BK1
6 BK1
10 BK1
A
1
W
3
Y
2
G
1
W- B
W- B
B
W
1 BU1
9 BJ1
A
Y
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
G
4 IF1
G
W- B
B
4 BR1
W
1 BS2
Y- R
2 BT1
G- R
3
W- B
E
B
FUSIBLE LINK
LH
HR
W- B
2 BS1
L- G
A ,F8
4
2 BT2
W- B
FL AM1 1. 25B
FL MAIN 2. 0L
F6
HL
W- B
B- L
D 6
R5
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER SW
RH
E
1 BX1
L- Y
Y
L- O
2 BR2
IG
1 A
2
3
A
M
W- B
W- B
W- B
Right kick panel
A
M
M
M
W- B
BATTERY
J8
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
IE
SELECT SW
11 IF1
2
2
LH
1 B
B
2 IF1
4
1 B
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
17 ID2
L- Y
1
RIGHT
/DOWN
L- O
B
LEFT
/UP
R17 A , R18 B
W
3
A ,F8
DOWN
L- Y
Y
W
1 A
UP
1
RIGHT
LEFT
1
FUSIBLE LINK
R6
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW
1
B
3
F6
1
1
DEFOG
RELAY
2
2
R18 B BLACK
OPERATION SW
1
A
GR
Y
A
Under the center
console box
BF
Left kick panel
Brought to you by BirfMark
ID
IE
Right kick
panel
R21
REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR LH
R22
REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR RH
K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
2
Brought to you by BirfMark
19 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
Power
Source
*1 : Separate Type Amplifer
*2 : Built- In Type Amplifier
*3 9 Speaker(w/ CD)
4
Radio and Player
1
3
2
W
ACC 3
L- R
IG1 2
B- Y
R 1 A GRAY
1
4 AM1
B
ST1
F11
FUSE BLOCK
3
GR
A
17 II1
W
6
FL+ B
4
A RR+
7
FR+ B
8
A FL-
12
S GND B
3
A FL+
13
BEEP B
7
A FR-
14
RL+ B
2
A FR+
15
RR+ B
F10
FRONT SPEAKER
RH
2
BR
(*2)
5
G
(*1)
6
L
(*1)
7
R
(*1)
12
W
(*1)
13
Y
(*1)
14
BR
(*1)
15
MUTE
FL+
FR+
S GND
BEEP
RL+
RR+
11
11
GND
GNDGND B
S11 A , S12 B
9 A
STEREO COMPONENT
AMPLIFIER
1
F15
FRONT DOOR
SPEAKER RH
IE
Right kick
panel
K
F14
FRONT DOOR
SPEAKER LH
7 BK1
B
(*1)
BR
(*1)
1
1
LG(*3)
Brought to you by BirfMark
2
L
(*3)
R24
ROOF SPEAKER
RH
F9
FRONT SPEAKER
LH
LG(*3)
L
(* 3)
1
1
+B
W- B
2
11
A RR-
W- B
8 BK1
LG
L
7 BJ1
LG
(*1)
5
MUTE B
LG
(*3)
L
(*3)
2
P
8 BJ1
P
(*3)
2 BW1
R
(* 3)
R23
ROOF SPEAKER
LH
1
R13
REAR DOOR
SPEAKER RH
2
1
V
2
LG
4
LG- R
(*1)
(SHIELDED)
5
A RL+
R
W
(* 3)
B
(* 3)
R12
REAR DOOR
SPEAKER LH
1 BW1
V
(*3)
R
7 BR1
1
6 BP1
W
R
Under the center
console box
B
(*3)
W
2
5 BP1
R
(*3)
B
6 BN1
W
W
(*3)
Y
6 BR1
Y
(* 3)
BF
R
W
W(*3)
L
(* 1)
B- L
(*1)
4
+B B
12
A RL-
P
(*1)
R(*3)
Y
(*3)
W- B
(*3)
ID
18 II1
P
5 BN1
LG
(*2)
R
20 ID1
RR+
1
R2
RADIO AND
PLAYER
1
AMP+
8
ANT
3
ACC
V
1
B AMP+
V
(*1)
RL+
19 ID1
10 A
+B
1
3
A ACC
ACC B
L
(*2)
W
2
2
Left kick
panel
P
(*2)
R
(*1)
LG- B
(*3)
LG- R
(*3)
W- B
(*3)
W- B
FL AM1 1. 25B
W5
WOOFER(SPEAKER)
BATTERY
V
(*2)
II1
3 BM1
1
R- B
(*1)
W
(*1)
F6
FUSIBLE LINK
2
B
(*2)
14
R
(*2)
W
(*2)
5
GND
7 A
B
(*1)
B
4
FR+
1 A
Y
(*1)
B
10
FR5 A
B
Y
7
1
RLW 6 AMP+
WOOFER AMPLIFIER
WFWF+
RR-
FL+
2 A
Y
(*1)
Y
GND
6
FL6 A
B
(*3)
+B
A
3
Y
(*3)
R- B
(*3)
GR
(*3)
B- L
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
8 II2
RL+
2 B
GR
(*1)
B
(* 3)
Y
(*3)
15 II1
V
(*1)
ANT
GR
(* 1)
R- B
(*3)
GR
(*3)
W- B
16 II1
RR+
1 B
14 15
8 A
R- B
(*1)
Y
9
A
2
3 B
B
R- B
(* 1)
3
4
A ,R3
5 6 7
10 11 12 13
BR
(*2)
R- B
Y
W
W
2
4 A
R- B
(* 1)
M
1
L- Y
(*2)
RADIO AND PLAYER
4
2
B
RRR1
8 9
L- Y
(*1)
RL6 B
Y
(*2)
R- B
(*2)
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
50A AM1
B
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR B
B
L- Y
+B
A
2
1 2 3 4
L- Y
(*1)
Y
AMP
9 A
1
C16
COOLING FAN
(Radio and Player)
S12 B
1 2 3
4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
2
3 4 5 6
3
A ACC
A GR
(*2)
B
2
3
EA1
L- Y
2
J4
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
1
S11 A
V
(*2)
B
2
A
2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
2
3
R 3 B GRAY
V
15A CIG
I12
IGNITION SW
1 2
10A
DOME
1
10A GAUGE
6 EA2
1
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
To Auto
Antenna
ECU<17- 4>
RADIO AND PLAYER
2
Brought to you by BirfMark
20 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
Power Source
Center Differential Lock
1
B
4 AM1
COMBINATION METER
IG1 2
B- Y
C10 A GRAY
1
BLUE
C13 C
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
30A DIFF
B
10A GAUGE
I12
IGNITION SW
C11 B
B- Y
B- Y
ST1
6 EA2
4
3
2
ACC
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
F11
FUSE BLOCK
2
3
2
L- B
Y
2
B
4
2
IF1
Y
Y
J4
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
7
10
B
S10
SHORT PIN
(Center Diff. Lock)
9 IF1
6 IH1
Y
W
R- L
7
B
6 IH2
Y
3 EC1
R- L
2
5 A
8 C
2 B
2
A/T P
C10 A , C11 B , C13 C
7 C
Y- B
1
2
2
W- B
G- Y
8 IH1
5
9 IH1
G
G- Y
8 EC1
12 EC1
7 EC1
11 EC1
A
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
3
W- B
G- Y
5
G
G- B
G- R
W- B
2
6
10 EC1
Brought to you by BirfMark
4
C1
CENTER DIFF. LOCK
CONTROL MOTOR
M
ID
W- B
EC
W- B
Air intake chamber
W- B
W- B
BATTERY
G
W- B
16 IH1
1
G- B
W- B
10 IH1
10
G- R
1
4
G- B
2
G- R
1
Y- G
T3
TRANSFER NEUTRAL
POSITION SW
Y- G
W- B
2
16
IH2
C5
CENTER DIFF. LOCK
CONTROL RELAY
2 EC1
C2
CENTER DIFF. LOCK
INDICATOR SW
Y- B
From ABS ECU<10- 4>
From Diff. Lock ECU<21- 3>
FL AM1 1. 25B
F6
FUSIBLE LINK
Y- G
1 EC1
4 EC1
3
7
To Engine Control
Module<2- 7>
1
D28
DIODE
(Neutral Detection)
3 IH1
B- L
Y- L
B- L
P- B
B- L
P- B
1
COMBINATION METER
B- L
B- L
CENTER
DIFE. LOCK
4
T2
TRANSFER L4
POSITION SW
2
9
24
IH1
Y
3
L- B
A
2
Y
B
Y
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
1
P1
A/T INDICATOR SW
[PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SW]
A
Left kick
panel
IE
Right
kick
panel
K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
B
Y
50A
AM1
Brought to you by BirfMark
21 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
Power Source
Front/Rear Differential Lock
1
3
2
4
ACC
B
4 AM1
IG1 2
COMBINATION METER
B- Y
C10 A GRAY
1
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
10A GAUGE
B
30A DIFF
I12
IGNITION SW
6 EA2
C13 C
B- Y
B- Y
ST1
3
L- B
2
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
A
Y
Y
L- B
C10 A , C13 C
50A
AM1
4
FRONT/REAR
2
R
RF
FLP
2
6
5 Bh2
2
F12
FRONT DIFF. LOCK
CONTROL MOTOR
4
M
W- B
IE
Right kick panel
W- B
BATTERY
J8
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
1
W- B
6 Bh2
W- B
A
A
W- B
W- B
A
W- B
1
2
W- B
6 Bb1
4
W- B
W- B
R10
REAR DIFF. LOCK
CONTROL MOTOR
F13
FRONT DIFF. LOCK
POSITION SW
F6
FUSIBLE LINK
R11
REAR DIFF. LOCK
POSITION SW
Y- W
5
G- Y
3
G- B
G
G- L
2
12 BQ1
G- R
3 Bh2
5 Bb1
Y- W
4 Bh2
13 ID1
W
1 Bh2
W
W
G- Y
2 Bh2
RLP
15
To Center Diff. Lock
Indicator SW<20- 1
6 BQ1
4WD
G- R
2
P- B
G- Y
5 BQ1
W- B
FL AM1 1. 25B
M
2 BQ1
G- B
6
1 BQ1
G
5
9 ID1
G- L
3
L- Y
L- B
L
2
14 ID1
G- B
3 Bb1
3 ID1
REL1
10
G
4 Bb1
REL2
11
G- O
L- Y
1 Bb1
L- B
L
2 Bb1
10 ID1
M1
3
G- Y
M2
1
G- B
REL3
16
G
REL4
14
L- G
To Speedometer
[Comb. Meter]
<22- 5>
B- L
1
M3
7
L- R
2
M4
5
W- B
L- W
4
GND
13
G- O
4
9
G- R
SPD
3
9 C
G- R
IG
10 C
D5
DIFF. LOCK ECU
6
FRONT
DIFF.
LOCK
W
W
12
REAR
DIFF.
LOCK
D4
DIFF. LOCK
CONTROL SW
B- G
2
R- B
1
8
5 A
COMBINATION METER
REAR
L- B
1
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
F11
FUSE BLOCK
2
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
BG
W- B
Lower back panel center
K
Brought to you by BirfMark
Brought to you by BirfMark
(C o n t.
22 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
Power Source
next page)
Combination Meter
1
3
2
4
COMBINATION METER
B
4 AM1
C10 A GRAY
IG1 2
ST1
B
F11
FUSE BLOCK
10A GAUGE
6
EA2
1
B- Y
ACC
C11 B BLUE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6
C12 D BROWN
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 2 3 4 5 6
C13 C
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
I12
IGNITION SW
2
3
2
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
A
Y
1
A
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
2
B
OIL PRESSURE SENDER
O 2 A BLACK
B
W
J4
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B
2
A
A
1
Y
3
2
Ea1
R- G
6
EC1
R- G
1
IH1
R- O
O 3 B GRAY
4
6 IH1
1
2
R- O
Y
B- L
R
1
Y- R
1
3 EC1
4
3
R- O
Y
FL AM1 1. 25B
F6
FUSIBLE
LINK
V1
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
(Combination Meter)
C
F18
FUEL SENDER
[FUEL PUMP]
5
1 Ea1
2
BR
BR
1
BATTERY
4 BO1
Y
3 Ea1
9
EC1
BR
Air intake
chamber
Brought to you by BirfMark
BR
BR
EC
BF
Under the center
console box
R
2
BO1
R
Y- R
1
BO1
Y- R
D
E
K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
50A
AM1
Brought to you by BirfMark
22 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON(Cont’ d)
Combination Meter
See Illumination System
<5- 2>
See Electronically
Controlled
Transmission and
A/T Indicator
System<9- 6>
See Electoronically Controlled
Transmission and A/T Indicator
System<9- 6>
See Headlight System<3- 4>
N
R
P
PWR
(*2)
METER ILLUMINATION
CHARGE
D
2
L
A/T P
SRS
DOOR
CRUISE
REAR DEFF.
LOCK
HIGH BEAM
FRONT
DEFF. LOCK
SEAT BELT
1 D
7 D
10 D
11 D
6 D
7 C
See Illumination System
<5- 2>
See Electronically
Controlled Transmission
and A/T Indicator
System<9- 6><9- 7>
W- B
See Center Differential
Lock System<20- 2>
See Illumination
System<5- 2>
See SRS System<4- 4>
See Engine Control
System<2- 3>
See Cruise Control
System<11- 3>
See Front/Rear
Differential
Lock System<21- 4>
See Headlight
System<3- 4>
See Interior Light
System<6- 2>
See Charging
System<1- 3>
12 B
See Center Differential
Lock System<20- 2>
See I lumination System<5- 2>
See Front/Rear Differential
Lock System<21- 4>
(*1)
BR
From
ABS ECU
<10- 4
W- B
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
From Engine
Control Module
<2- 8
BR
W- B
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
BR
W- B
(SHIELDED)
BR
N2
NOISE FILTER (OIL
PRESSURE SENDER)
BR
W
W
O2 A ,O 3 B
OIL PRESSURE SENDER
W- B
K
Brought to you by BirfMark
See SRS System<4- 4>
See Unlock and Seat Belt
Warning System<17- 1>
ABS
WATER TEMP.
BR
W
(SHIELDED)
P
O1
OIL LEVEL WARNING SW
IE
Right kick panel
See Charging System<1- 3>
See ABS System
<10- 4>
CENTER DEFF.
LOCK
R- W
1
P4
PARKING BRAKE SW
B1
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
WARNING SW
R- B
W- B
9 ID2
See Interior Light
System<6- 2>
See Center Differential
Lock System<20- 2>
R- B
Y- L
B
BR
W
(SHIELDED)
P
Y- R
BR
ID
Left kick panel
BR
W- B
BRAKE
FUEL
R
W- B
A
G- R
G
A/T OIL TEMP.
TURN RH
TACHO
TURN LH
VOLT
OIL
OIL LEVEL
FUEL
2nd STRT
18
ID2
W3
WATER TEMP.
SENDER
From Park/Neutral
Position SW<1- 1>
L- W
O/D OFF
Y- R
E
EC
A
A
A
1
1 A
2
W- B
2
1 B
A
5
ID2
1
3 EA4
See Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning Light
System<7- 3><7- 4>
From Engine
Control
Module <2-8>
From Diff. Lock
ECU <21-2>
from Cruise
Control
ECU <11-3>
SPEEDOMETER
2
1 EA4
See Electronically
Controlled
Transmission and
A/T Indicator
System
<9- 6>
Air intake chamber
1
3 EY1
1 EY1
R
D
R- B
R- B
6 C
3 A
7 IH2
9 C
7 B
5 C
8 A
1 B
7 A
1 C 11 B
6 A
3 B
2 C
10 A
15 C
10 C
1 A
9 A
C
DELAY
6 B
R- O
BULB
CHECK
RELAY
2 D
5 D
4 D
3 D
2 A
8 C 13 D
16 C 13 C
4 A
10 B
9 B
8 B
5 B
COMBINATION METER
3 C
14 C
12 D 11 C
8 D
4 C
B- R
C10 A , C11 B , C12 D , C13 C
2 B
Y
B
9 D
5 A
1
Y
A
2 IH1
*1 : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
*2 A/T Indicator llumination
8
7
6
5
Brought to you by BirfMark
(Cont. next page )
23 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON
Power
Source
Air Conditioning
1
2
W
1
1
2
ACC
B
W
J4
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B
6
10
11
5
12
2
1
5
3
8
F6
A ,F8
B
6
4
2
1
S8
SHORT
CONNECTOR
(A/C)
B
1
4
2
Y
L
L- W
G- B
G
B- Y
M1
4
1
2
3
2
3
1
A
M
R- L
COOL
RECIRC
M
7
L- R
6
W- Y
4
IG1
8
R
6
IG1
A14
AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
W- B
10
IG1
A J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
FRESH
WARM
A
A15
AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
HEATER CONTROL SW AND A/C SW
W- B
W- B
W- B
ID
W- B
Y- R
B- L
M2
3
Y- G
L- B
5
HI
BATTERY
1
5
A
J8
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B
B- W
B5
BLOWER SPEED CONTROL
RELAY
B
2
A
L- R
3 IG1
G- B
W- B
L- R
9 IG1
G- B
2 IG1
R- L
8 IG1
4
W- B
A ,F8
FUSIBLE LINK
L- Y
1 IG1
FL AM1 1. 25B
FL MAIN 2. 0L
F6
2
W- B
A
3
L- B
L- R
B- L
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W
A
1 A
H10 A
H11 B BLUE
W- B
Left kick panel
H
I
J
B4
BLOWER RESISTOR
G- W
1 B
F
G
W- B
L- R
G- B
L- R
1
W- B
G- W
G
M
2
B- Y
B2
BLOWER MOTOR
(A/C)
L- Y
L- R
B3
BLOWER MOTOR
(Heater)
L- Y
W- B
W
W
7
FUSIBLE LINK
2
E
9
B
L- B
2
3
D
W- B
B- O
W- G
Y- B
G- R
Y- R
1
L- Y
1
M
C
Y
1
1
B
1
1
4
1
Y- G
50A AM1
HEATER
RELAY
2
A
Right kick panel
IE
1 2 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20
9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18
Brought to you by BirfMark
Left kick panel
ID
K
L
M
N
K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
1
3
4
L- R
A10
A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER
7
2
2
L- W
Y
5
B
L- Y
2
Y
L
B
Y
Y
Y
1
Y
B
A
B
1
Y
L- B
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
Y
6 EA2
3
A
Y
W- G
3 EA3
2
L- R
Y
Y
Y
B
W
I12
IGNITION SW
10A A. C
ST1
F11
FUSE BLOCK
IG1 2
10A GAUGE
40A FL HEATER
4 AM1
4
3
L- R
L- R
B- Y
Brought to you by BirfMark
23 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON(Cont’ d)
Air Conditioning
A
B
C
5
L−R
6
Y
Y
Y
W- L
3
1
1 IG2
10 IG2
G- Y
B- W
W- R
W- B
W- B
17 IH2
B- W
To Engine Control
Module<2- 8>
2 EY1
B
G- W
A1
A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH
M
W- B
N
W- B
8 A
18 A
F/D
A
A
DEF
MODE SELECTION SW
A/C SW
RECIRC/FRESH SW
Right kick
panel
IE
1
2
W- B
W- B
HI
H10 A , H11 B
HEATER CONTROL SW AND A/C SW
1
W4
WATER TEMP. SW
(A/C)
FOOT
J8
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B/L
FRC
BLOWER SW
M2
REC
M1
FRC
REC
LO
16 B
OFF
FACE
TEMPERATURE
CONTROL LEVER
ON
OFF
ON
TEMP.
19 A
W- B
18 B
W- B
6 B
LG- B
B
LG- R
17
W- B
4 B
GR- R
11 B
W- L
7 A
L- R
12 A
LG
14 A
W- R
13 B
V- G
10 B
V
9 B
G- R
1 A
R- L
9 A
L
2 B
Y- G
3 B
Y- R
Y
G- B
1 B
G- Y
B- W
L
2 IG2
LG
B- W
GR- G
Y- G
W- L
LG- B
LG- R
R- L
Y- R
GR- R
K
P- L
2
9 EA1
J
W- L
4
L
7
W- L
4
E8
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMP. CUT RELAY
3
1
9 IG2
W- B
11
6 EA1
7
GR
16
2
W- B
4
2
V- G
2
1
V
13
5
4
17 IG2
Y- R
G- R
14
1
4
R- B
8
S9
SHORT CONNECTOR(A/C)
L
L- R
12
B
15
L
L- W
W
L- B
9
7
9
R- G
6
20 IG2
From Park/Neutral
Position SW<1- 1>
B
11 IG2
B- R
M
L- R
6
8
A11
A/C THERMISTOR
R- G
R- B
1
W
3
6
R- G
DEF
GR- G
L- W
5
R- B
FOOT
2
B
DEF FACE
A16
AIR VENT MODE
CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
L
3
L- Y
I
FOOT
F/D
Y- R
H
FACE
B/L
Y- L
G
L- B
F/D
A2
A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW
F
12 EA1
5
B/L
L- R
E
A9
A/C AMPLIFIER
Y
Y
D
8
7
Air intake
chamber
EC
K
Brought to you by BirfMark